KN 3 · 自说经
11. 菩提品
1. Bodhivaggo
21. 第一菩提经
1. Paṭhamabodhisuttaṃ
1如是我闻:一时,世尊住在优楼频螺的尼连禅河边,一棵菩提树下,刚刚完全觉悟。那时,世尊盘腿而坐,连续七天住于解脱之乐的体验中。七天过后,世尊从那种定中出起,在后夜时分,以心仔细地顺逆观察缘起——
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā uruvelāyaṃ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre bodhirukkhamūle paṭhamābhisambuddho. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā sattāhaṃ ekapallaṅkena nisinno hoti vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvedī. Atha kho bhagavā tassa sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā rattiyā pacchimaṃ yāmaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ anulomapaṭilomaṃ sādhukaṃ manasākāsi –
4“此有故彼有,此生故彼生;此无故彼无,此灭故彼灭。也就是:以无明为缘而有行,以行为缘而有识,以识为缘而有名色,以名色为缘而有六处,以六处为缘而有触,以触为缘而有受,以受为缘而有爱,以爱为缘而有取,以取为缘而有有,以有为缘而有生,以生为缘而有老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼生起。这样便有了这整个苦蕴的集起。”
‘‘Iti imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hoti, imassuppādā idaṃ uppajjati, imasmiṃ asati idaṃ na hoti, imassa nirodhā idaṃ nirujjhati; yadidaṃ – avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ, saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā, vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti.
5那时,世尊知道了这个情况,就在那个时刻,有感而发,说出以下这段感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
6“当种种法清晰显现之时,
‘‘Yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā,
7对于精进用力、在禅修中的婆罗门来说,”
Ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa;
8当他觉知诸缘的灭尽时,他所有的疑惑便都消散了。” 第二经。
Athassa kaṅkhā vapayanti sabbā,
9从因缘中他理解了法。” 这是第一段。
Yato pajānāti sahetudhamma’’nti. paṭhamaṃ;
102. 第二菩提经
2. Dutiyabodhisuttaṃ
2如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在优楼频螺的尼连禅河边,菩提树下,初成正自觉。那时,世尊单以跏趺坐安住七日,体验着解脱之乐。七日过后,世尊从那种定中出来,在夜的中分时分,对缘起进行了逆序的善巧作意——
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – eka samayaṃ bhagavā uruvelāyaṃ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre bodhirukkhamūle paṭhamābhisambuddho. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā sattāhaṃ ekapallaṅkena nisinno hoti vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvedī. Atha kho bhagavā tassa sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā rattiyā majjhimaṃ yāmaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ paṭilomaṃ sādhukaṃ manasākāsi –
12“当这个不存在时,那个便不存在;以这个的熄灭,那个便熄灭。也就是——无明灭则行灭,行灭则识灭,识灭则名色灭,名色灭则六处灭,六处灭则触灭,触灭则受灭,受灭则爱灭,爱灭则取灭,取灭则有灭,有灭则生灭,生灭则老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼全部熄灭。如此,这整个苦蕴便彻底熄灭了。”
‘‘Iti imasmiṃ asati idaṃ na hoti, imassa nirodhā idaṃ nirujjhati, yadidaṃ – avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho, saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho, viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho, nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho, saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodho, phassanirodhā vedanānirodho, vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho, taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho, upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho, bhavanirodhā jātinirodho, jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’ti.
13那时,世尊知道了这个情况,就在那个时刻,有感而发,说出以下这段感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
14当那些法显现时,
‘‘Yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā,
15对于精勤禅修的婆罗门而言,
Ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa;
16他的一切疑惑便都消散,
Athassa kaṅkhā vapayanti sabbā,
17因他已了知诸缘之灭尽。」此第二。
Yato khayaṃ paccayānaṃ avedī’’ti. dutiyaṃ;
183. 第三菩提经
3. Tatiyabodhisuttaṃ
3如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在优楼频螺,尼连禅河岸边的目支邻陀树下,刚刚获得正自觉。那时,世尊连续七天盘腿坐着,亲身体验解脱之乐。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā uruvelāyaṃ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre mucalindamūle paṭhamābhisambuddho. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā sattāhaṃ ekapallaṅkena nisinno hoti vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvedī.
20“这就是:当这个存在时,那个就存在;因为这个的生起,那个就生起。也就是说——以无明为缘,有行;以行为缘,有识;以识为缘,有名色;以名色为缘,有六处;以六处为缘,有触;以触为缘,有受;以受为缘,有爱;以爱为缘,有取;以取为缘,有有;以有为缘,有生;以生为缘,老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼就全都生起。这样,这整个苦蕴的集起就发生了。”
‘‘Iti imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hoti, imassuppādā idaṃ uppajjati, yadidaṃ – avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ, saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā, vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hotī’’ti.
21“随着无明彻底无余地消逝与灭尽,则行灭;行灭则识灭;识灭则名色灭;名色灭则六处灭;六处灭则触灭;触灭则受灭;受灭则爱灭;爱灭则取灭;取灭则有灭;有灭则生灭;生灭则老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼灭尽。这样便有了这整个苦蕴的灭尽。”
‘‘Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho, saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho, viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho, nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho, saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodho, phassanirodhā vedanānirodho, vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho , taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho, upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho, bhavanirodhā jātinirodho, jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’ti.
22那时,世尊明白了这件事的道理,就在那个时刻,发出了这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
23“当诸法确实显现时,
‘‘Yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā,
24那精勤禅修的婆罗门,
Ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa;
25他驱散魔军而安住,
Vidhūpayaṃ tiṭṭhati mārasenaṃ,
26犹如太阳照亮天空。”第三经。
Sūriyova obhāsayamantalikkha’’nti. tatiyaṃ;
274. 哼哼经
4. Huṃhuṅkasuttaṃ
4如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在优楼频螺的尼连禅河边,在菩提树下初成正觉。那时,世尊以单跏趺坐持续坐了七天,体验着解脱的安乐。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā uruvelāyaṃ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre bodhirukkhamūle paṭhamābhisambuddho. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā sattāhaṃ ekapallaṅkena nisinno hoti vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvedī.
29那时,有一位生性傲慢的婆罗门来见世尊。见面后与世尊互相问候寒暄,然后站在一边。站在一边后,那位婆罗门对世尊这样说:“乔达摩先生,怎样才算是婆罗门?哪些又是成就婆罗门的法呢?”
Atha kho aññataro huṃhuṅkajātiko brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kittāvatā nu kho, bho gotama, brāhmaṇo hoti, katame ca pana brāhmaṇakaraṇā dhammā’’ti?
30那时,世尊了知了这其中的义理后,在那时,发出了这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
31“那位已清除恶法的婆罗门,
‘‘Yo brāhmaṇo bāhitapāpadhammo,
32无慢心、无垢染、善于调伏自己;
Nihuṃhuṅko nikkasāvo yatatto;
33通达终极智慧,梵行已经完成,
Vedantagū vūsitabrahmacariyo,
34他如法地说出梵行之语;
Dhammena so brahmavādaṃ vadeyya;
35他在世间任何地方都没有我慢。” 第四经。
Yassussadā natthi kuhiñci loke’’ti. catutthaṃ;
365. 婆罗门经
5. Brāhmaṇasuttaṃ
5如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园。那时,具寿僧伽摩吉来到舍卫城,为了拜见世尊。具寿僧伽摩吉的前妻听说:'据说圣尊僧伽摩吉来到舍卫城了。'她便带着孩子去了祇园。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā saṅgāmaji sāvatthiṃ anuppatto hoti bhagavantaṃ dassanāya. Assosi kho āyasmato saṅgāmajissa purāṇadutiyikā – ‘‘ayyo kira saṅgāmaji sāvatthiṃ anuppatto’’ti. Sā dārakaṃ ādāya jetavanaṃ agamāsi.
38世尊远远看见那些具寿正走过来,见了之后就对比丘们说:“比丘们,那些婆罗门来了;比丘们,那些婆罗门来了。”这么一说,有个出身婆罗门种姓的比丘问世尊:“尊者,要怎样才算婆罗门?哪些又是成就婆罗门的法呢?”
Addasā kho bhagavā te āyasmante dūratova āgacchante; disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘ete, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇā āgacchanti; ete, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇā āgacchantī’’ti. Evaṃ vutte , aññataro brāhmaṇajātiko bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, brāhmaṇo hoti, katame ca pana brāhmaṇakaraṇā dhammā’’ti?
39那时,世尊明白了这个道理,就在那一刻发出这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
40“已经把恶法除尽,那些始终具足正念而行的人;
‘‘Bāhitvā pāpake dhamme, ye caranti sadā satā;
41断了结缚、觉了的人,他们在这世间就是真正的婆罗门。”第五篇。
Khīṇasaṃyojanā buddhā, te ve lokasmi brāhmaṇā’’ti. pañcamaṃ;
426. 玛哈迦叶经
6. Mahākassapasuttaṃ
6如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在王舍城的竹林松鼠喂食处。那时,具寿大迦叶住在毕钵离洞窟,生了病,很痛苦,病得很重。后来过了一段时间,具寿大迦叶从那场病中康复了。康复之后,具寿大迦叶心里想:“我何不进入王舍城去托钵呢?”
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahākassapo pippaliguhāyaṃ viharati ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo aparena samayena tamhā ābādhā vuṭṭhāsi. Atha kho āyasmato mahākassapassa tamhā ābādhā vuṭṭhitassa etadahosi – ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ rājagahaṃ piṇḍāya paviseyya’’nti.
44那时,正好有五百位天神忙着张罗,想让大迦叶尊者顺利得到食物。而大迦叶尊者回绝了那五百位天神。他在午前时分,穿好下衣,拿着钵和袈裟,进入王舍城乞食。他特意走向了穷人住的街区、贫民窟和织工街区。世尊看见大迦叶尊者在王舍城乞食,正走向穷人住的街区、贫民窟和织工街区。
Tena kho pana samayena pañcamattāni devatāsatāni ussukkaṃ āpannāni honti āyasmato mahākassapassa piṇḍapātapaṭilābhāya. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo tāni pañcamattāni devatāsatāni paṭikkhipitvā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi – yena daliddavisikhā kapaṇavisikhā pesakāravisikhā. Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ mahākassapaṃ rājagahe piṇḍāya carantaṃ yena daliddavisikhā kapaṇavisikhā pesakāravisikhā.
45那时,世尊明白了这件事的道理,就在那个时刻,有感而发出了这段感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
46“不靠别人养活,少为人知,已调伏,坚定地立足于核心;
‘‘Anaññaposimaññātaṃ, dantaṃ sāre patiṭṭhitaṃ;
47已漏尽、已吐弃了种种过失,这样的人,我称之为真婆罗门。” 第六经。
Khīṇāsavaṃ vantadosaṃ, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇa’’nti. chaṭṭhaṃ;
487. 阿迦喀喇巴咖经
7. Ajakalāpakasuttaṃ
7如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在波婆城的阿闍迦罗帕卡神庙,也就是阿闍迦罗帕卡夜叉的住所。当时,世尊在黑夜沉沉、一片昏暗之中,露地而坐;天上还飘着零星小雨。那时,阿闍迦罗帕卡夜叉想让世尊生起恐惧、战栗、汗毛直竖的感觉,就走到世尊面前。到了之后,就在离世尊不远的地方,三次发出“阿古罗!巴古罗!”的怪叫惊喊,还嚷嚷着:“出家人,这是食人鬼来了!”
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā pāvāyaṃ viharati ajakalāpake cetiye, ajakalāpakassa yakkhassa bhavane. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā rattandhakāratimisāyaṃ abbhokāse nisinno hoti; devo ca ekamekaṃ phusāyati. Atha kho ajakalāpako yakkho bhagavato bhayaṃ chambhitattaṃ lomahaṃsaṃ uppādetukāmo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato avidūre tikkhattuṃ ‘‘akkulo pakkulo’’ti akkulapakkulikaṃ akāsi – ‘‘eso te, samaṇa, pisāco’’ti.
50那时,世尊知道了这件事的意义,在那个时刻发出了这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
51当婆罗门于自法,到达彼岸时;
‘‘Yadā sakesu dhammesu, pāragū hoti brāhmaṇo;
52那时他便超越了,此等类饿鬼与老垢。第七。
Atha etaṃ pisācañca, pakkulañcātivattatī’’ti. sattamaṃ;
538. 战胜经
8. Saṅgāmajisuttaṃ
8如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园。那时,有位居士心爱、疼爱的独生子去世了。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa upāsakassa ekaputtako piyo manāpo kālaṅkato hoti.
55那时,具寿僧伽摩吉正坐在某棵树下休息。具寿僧伽摩吉的前妻就朝他这边走来;走近之后,对具寿僧伽摩吉这样说:'沙门,孩子还小,请养育我吧。'这样说时,具寿僧伽摩吉沉默不语。
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā saṅgāmaji aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisinno hoti. Atha kho āyasmato saṅgāmajissa purāṇadutiyikā yenāyasmā saṅgāmaji tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ saṅgāmajiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘khuddaputtañhi , samaṇa, posa ma’’nti. Evaṃ vutte, āyasmā saṅgāmaji tuṇhī ahosi.
56第二次,具寿僧伽摩吉的前妻又对具寿僧伽摩吉这样说:'沙门,孩子还小,请养育我吧。'第二次,具寿僧伽摩吉仍然沉默不语。
Dutiyampi kho āyasmato saṅgāmajissa purāṇadutiyikā āyasmantaṃ saṅgāmajiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘khuddaputtañhi, samaṇa, posa ma’’nti. Dutiyampi kho āyasmā saṅgāmaji tuṇhī ahosi.
57第三次,具寿僧伽摩吉的前妻再次对具寿僧伽摩吉这样说:'沙门,孩子还小,请养育我吧。'第三次,具寿僧伽摩吉还是沉默不语。
Tatiyampi kho āyasmato saṅgāmajissa purāṇadutiyikā āyasmantaṃ saṅgāmajiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘khuddaputtañhi, samaṇa, posa ma’’nti. Tatiyampi kho āyasmā saṅgāmaji tuṇhī ahosi.
58那时,桑伽玛吉尊者的前妻把那个孩子放到桑伽玛吉尊者面前,便离开了,说:“沙门,这是你的儿子,养他吧。”
Atha kho āyasmato saṅgāmajissa purāṇadutiyikā taṃ dārakaṃ āyasmato saṅgāmajissa purato nikkhipitvā pakkāmi – ‘‘eso te, samaṇa, putto; posa na’’nti.
59那时,桑伽玛吉尊者既不看那孩子,也不跟他说话。桑伽玛吉尊者的前妻走了一小段路后,回头看时,看见桑伽玛吉尊者既不看那孩子,也不跟他说话。看见之后,她心想:“这个沙门连儿子也不需要。”于是她转身回来,带着孩子离开了。世尊以清净、超越常人的天眼,看见了桑伽玛吉尊者前妻的这种举动。
Atha kho āyasmā saṅgāmaji taṃ dārakaṃ neva olokesi nāpi ālapi. Atha kho āyasmato saṅgāmajissa purāṇadutiyikā avidūraṃ gantvā apalokentī addasa āyasmantaṃ saṅgāmajiṃ taṃ dārakaṃ neva olokentaṃ nāpi ālapantaṃ, disvānassā etadahosi – ‘‘na cāyaṃ samaṇo puttenapi atthiko’’ti. Tato paṭinivattitvā dārakaṃ ādāya pakkāmi. Addasā kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena āyasmato saṅgāmajissa purāṇadutiyikāya evarūpaṃ vippakāraṃ.
60那时,世尊明白了这件事,在这个时刻,诵出了这首感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
61“对前来的人,他不感到欢喜;对离去的人,他不感到悲伤。
‘‘Āyantiṃ nābhinandati, pakkamantiṃ na socati;
62在执取中解脱的桑伽玛吉——战无不胜者,我称他为真正的婆罗门。” 第八经。
Saṅgā saṅgāmajiṃ muttaṃ, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇa’’nti. aṭṭhamaṃ;
639. 结发者经
9. Jaṭilasuttaṃ
9如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在伽耶的伽耶山顶。那时,有许多结髻外道,在寒冬的夜晚,在隆冬时节,霜雪纷飞的日子里,在伽耶河中时而浮起,时而沉下,反复浮沉,并且向身上泼水,还向火中投物献祭,心想:“这样就能清净。”
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā gayāyaṃ viharati gayāsīse. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā jaṭilā sītāsu hemantikāsu rattīsu antaraṭṭhake himapātasamaye gayāyaṃ ummujjantipi nimujjantipi, ummujjanimujjampi karonti osiñcantipi, aggimpi juhanti – ‘‘iminā suddhī’’ti.
65世尊看到那些结髻外道,在寒冷的冬夜,在季冬下雪的时候,在迦耶河中一会儿浮起来,一会儿沉下去,反复地浮浮沉沉,还往身上泼水,又在供奉火——心想:‘靠这样就清净了。’
Addasā kho bhagavā te sambahule jaṭile sītāsu hemantikāsu rattīsu antaraṭṭhake himapātasamaye gayāyaṃ ummujjantepi nimujjantepi ummujjanimujjampi karonte osiñcantepi aggimpi juhante – ‘‘iminā suddhī’’ti.
66那时,世尊明白了这件事的意义,在那个时刻,发出了这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
67‘不是通过水而成为清净的,虽然这里有很多人在洗澡;
‘‘Na udakena sucī hotī, bahvettha nhāyatī jano;
68谁持有真理与法,他就是清净的,他就是真正的婆罗门。’ 第九经。
Yamhi saccañca dhammo ca, so sucī so ca brāhmaṇo’’ti. navamaṃ;
6910. 巴希亚经
10. Bāhiyasuttaṃ
10如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在沙瓦提城的揭德林给孤独园。那时,具寿舍利弗、具寿大目犍连、具寿大迦叶、具寿大迦旃延、具寿大拘絺罗、具寿大劫宾那、具寿大纯陀、具寿阿那律、具寿离婆多和具寿难陀,一起去世尊那里。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno āyasmā ca mahākassapo āyasmā ca mahākaccāno āyasmā ca mahākoṭṭhiko āyasmā ca mahākappino āyasmā ca mahācundo āyasmā ca anuruddho āyasmā ca revato āyasmā ca nando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu .
71那时,有一位婆醯·达鲁吉利耶过去世同族的旧友天神,出于同情,希望他得利,知道了婆醯·达鲁吉利耶心里的念头,就来到婆醯·达鲁吉利耶面前。来到后,他对婆醯·达鲁吉利耶说:‘婆醯啊,你既不是阿拉汉,也没有证得阿拉汉道。你所走的这条道路,并不能让你成为阿拉汉,也不能让你证得阿拉汉道。’
Atha kho bāhiyassa dārucīriyassa purāṇasālohitā devatā anukampikā atthakāmā bāhiyassa dārucīriyassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya yena bāhiyo dārucīriyo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bāhiyaṃ dārucīriyaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘neva kho tvaṃ , bāhiya, arahā, nāpi arahattamaggaṃ vā samāpanno. Sāpi te paṭipadā natthi yāya tvaṃ arahā vā assa arahattamaggaṃ vā samāpanno’’ti.
72“那在天神的世界里,到底谁是阿拉汉,或者谁已经进入了阿拉汉道呢?” “婆醯,有的。在更远的国度,有一座城市叫舍卫城。那位世尊、阿拉汉、正自觉者,此刻就住在那里。婆醯,那位世尊,他自己就是阿拉汉,而且他教导的法,就是为了让人成为阿拉汉的。”
‘‘Atha ke carahi sadevake loke arahanto vā arahattamaggaṃ vā samāpanno’’ti? ‘‘Atthi, bāhiya, uttaresu janapadesu sāvatthi nāma nagaraṃ. Tattha so bhagavā etarahi viharati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho. So hi, bāhiya, bhagavā arahā ceva arahattāya ca dhammaṃ desetī’’ti.
73那位天神的话让婆醯感到震动,他立刻从苏波罗迦出发。在所有地方都只停留一夜,就这样赶到了舍卫城,到了祇树给孤独园。那时候,有好多比丘正在露天地里经行。婆醯就走近那些比丘,对他们说:“大德,请问那位世尊、阿拉汉、正自觉者现在住在哪里?我们想见那位世尊、阿拉汉、正自觉者。” “婆醯,世尊为了托钵,已经进到村落里去了。”
Atha kho bāhiyo dārucīriyo tāya devatāya saṃvejito tāvadeva suppārakamhā pakkāmi. Sabbattha ekarattiparivāsena yena sāvatthi jetavanaṃ anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāmo tenupasaṅkami. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū abbhokāse caṅkamanti. Atha kho bāhiyo dārucīriyo yena te bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā te bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘kahaṃ nu kho, bhante, etarahi bhagavā viharati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho? Dassanakāmamhā mayaṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddha’’nti. ‘‘Antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho kho, bāhiya, bhagavā piṇḍāyā’’ti.
74于是婆醯急忙离开祇园,进入舍卫城,正好看见世尊在舍卫城里托钵行走——他的威仪那么好,那么让人心生欢喜,诸根寂静,心意平静,达到了最殊胜的调伏和止息,调御好了,守护好了,诸根自制,如同龙象。婆醯一见,就走近世尊,用头礼拜世尊的双足,对世尊说:“大德世尊,请为我说法吧;善逝,请为我说法吧,那会带给我长远的利益和安乐。” 听了这话,世尊对婆醯说:“婆醯,现在不是时候,我们进到村落托钵了。”
Atha kho bāhiyo dārucīriyo taramānarūpo jetavanā nikkhamitvā sāvatthiṃ pavisitvā addasa bhagavantaṃ sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya carantaṃ pāsādikaṃ pasādanīyaṃ santindriyaṃ santamānasaṃ uttamadamathasamathamanuppattaṃ dantaṃ guttaṃ yatindriyaṃ nāgaṃ. Disvāna yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pāde sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘desetu me, bhante bhagavā, dhammaṃ; desetu, sugato, dhammaṃ, yaṃ mamassa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte, bhagavā bāhiyaṃ dārucīriyaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘akālo kho tāva, bāhiya, antaragharaṃ paviṭṭhamhā piṇḍāyā’’ti.
75第二次,婆醯又对世尊说:“大德,这真的很难预料啊,是世尊的生命会有障碍,还是我的生命会有障碍。大德世尊,请为我说法吧;善逝,请为我说法吧,那会带给我长远的利益和安乐。” 第二次,世尊又对婆醯说:“婆醯,现在不是时候,我们进到村落托钵了。”
Dutiyampi kho bāhiyo dārucīriyo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘dujjānaṃ kho panetaṃ, bhante, bhagavato vā jīvitantarāyānaṃ, mayhaṃ vā jīvitantarāyānaṃ . Desetu me, bhante bhagavā, dhammaṃ; desetu, sugato, dhammaṃ, yaṃ mamassa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā bāhiyaṃ dārucīriyaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘akālo kho tāva, bāhiya, antaragharaṃ paviṭṭhamhā piṇḍāyā’’ti.
76第三次,婆醯又对世尊说:“大德,这真的很难预料啊,是世尊的生命会有障碍,还是我的生命会有障碍。大德世尊,请为我说法吧;善逝,请为我说法吧,那会带给我长远的利益和安乐。”
Tatiyampi kho bāhiyo dārucīriyo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘dujjānaṃ kho panetaṃ, bhante, bhagavato vā jīvitantarāyānaṃ, mayhaṃ vā jīvitantarāyānaṃ. Desetu me bhante bhagavā, dhammaṃ; desetu, sugato, dhammaṃ, yaṃ mamassa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti.
77“那么,婆醯,你应该这样来学:‘在被看见的上面,就只有被看见的那么高;在被听见的上面,就只有被听见的那么高;在被感知的上面,就只有被感知的那么高;在被识知的上面,就只有被识知的那么高。’婆醯,你就应该这样来学。婆醯,当你在被看见的上面,就只有被看见的那么高;在被听见的上面,就只有被听见的那么高;在被感知的上面,就只有被感知的那么高;在被识知的上面,就只有被识知的那么高——到了那个时候,婆醯,你就不会被那个所局限了;婆醯,当你不会被那个所局限的时候,你也就不会安立在那里了;婆醯,当你不会安立在那里的时候,你就既不在这里,也不在那边,也不在这两者之间的任何地方。这,就是苦的尽头。”
‘‘Tasmātiha te, bāhiya, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘diṭṭhe diṭṭhamattaṃ bhavissati, sute sutamattaṃ bhavissati, mute mutamattaṃ bhavissati, viññāte viññātamattaṃ bhavissatī’ti. Evañhi te, bāhiya, sikkhitabbaṃ. Yato kho te, bāhiya, diṭṭhe diṭṭhamattaṃ bhavissati, sute sutamattaṃ bhavissati, mute mutamattaṃ bhavissati, viññāte viññātamattaṃ bhavissati, tato tvaṃ, bāhiya, na tena; yato tvaṃ, bāhiya, na tena tato tvaṃ, bāhiya, na tattha ; yato tvaṃ, bāhiya, na tattha, tato tvaṃ, bāhiya, nevidha na huraṃ na ubhayamantarena. Esevanto dukkhassā’’ti.
78那时,婆醯听完世尊这简短的法教,当下便不执取,心从诸漏中解脱了。
Atha kho bāhiyassa dārucīriyassa bhagavato imāya saṃkhittāya dhammadesanāya tāvadeva anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucci.
79那时,世尊以这简短的教诫教导了婆醯之后,便离开了。世尊离开后不久,一头带着小牛的母牛攻击了婆醯,夺走了他的性命。
Atha kho bhagavā bāhiyaṃ dārucīriyaṃ iminā saṃkhittena ovādena ovaditvā pakkāmi. Atha kho acirapakkantassa bhagavato bāhiyaṃ dārucīriyaṃ gāvī taruṇavacchā adhipatitvā jīvitā voropesi.
80那时,世尊在沙瓦提城托钵乞食后,用完斋,从城里出来,和众多比丘一起,见到了已经去世的婆醯。看到之后,世尊便招呼比丘们说:'比丘们,抬起婆醯的遗体,放到床架上,抬出去火化,为他建一座塔。比丘们,你们的一位梵行同修去世了。'
Atha kho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ nagaramhā nikkhamitvā addasa bāhiyaṃ dārucīriyaṃ kālaṅkataṃ ; disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘gaṇhatha, bhikkhave, bāhiyassa dārucīriyassa sarīrakaṃ; mañcakaṃ āropetvā nīharitvā jhāpetha; thūpañcassa karotha. Sabrahmacārī vo, bhikkhave, kālaṅkato’’ti.
81'好的,尊者。'那些比丘回答世尊后,便抬起婆醯的遗体,放到床架上,抬出去火化了,为他建了塔,然后就去到世尊那里。到了之后,他们顶礼世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁后,那些比丘对世尊这样说:'尊者,婆醯的遗体已经火化了,塔也已经为他建好了。他的趣向是什么?他来世如何呢?''比丘们,婆醯是个智者,他随法行法,并没有在法义上为难我。比丘们,婆醯已经般涅槃了。'
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭissutvā bāhiyassa dārucīriyassa sarīrakaṃ mañcakaṃ āropetvā nīharitvā jhāpetvā thūpañcassa katvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘daḍḍhaṃ, bhante, bāhiyassa dārucīriyassa sarīraṃ, thūpo cassa kato. Tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo’’ti? ‘‘Paṇḍito, bhikkhave, bāhiyo dārucīriyo paccapādi dhammassānudhammaṃ; na ca maṃ dhammādhikaraṇaṃ vihesesi. Parinibbuto, bhikkhave, bāhiyo dārucīriyo’’ti.
82那时,世尊知道这件事的意义后,在那个时刻,说出了这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
83'在那里,地、水、火、风,都找不到立足之处。
‘‘Yattha āpo ca pathavī, tejo vāyo na gādhati;
84在那里,星宿不闪耀,太阳也不发光;
Na tattha sukkā jotanti, ādicco nappakāsati;
85在那里,月亮没有光辉,黑暗在那里也不存在。
Na tattha candimā bhāti, tamo tattha na vijjati.
86当牟尼通过自身的寂默,亲自证知而成为婆罗门;
‘‘Yadā ca attanāvedi , muni monena brāhmaṇo;
87那时,他便从色、无色,从乐与苦中解脱出来。第十篇。
Atha rūpā arūpā ca, sukhadukkhā pamuccatī’’ti. dasamaṃ;
88(此感兴语也为世尊所说,如是我闻。)
(Ayampi udāno vutto bhagavatā iti me sutanti.)
89其中摄颂曰:
Tassuddānaṃ –
90菩提品第一完
Bodhivaggo paṭhamo niṭṭhito.
91其摄颂——
Tassuddānaṃ –
92觉有三首与呼呼声者,婆罗门与迦叶,
Tayo bodhi ca huṃhuṅko , brāhmaṇo kassapena ca;
93山羊、战斗、结髻者,连同婆醯,这十经为止。
Aja saṅgāma jaṭilā, bāhiyenāti te dasāti.
942. 目真邻陀品
2. Mucalindavaggo
951. 目真邻陀经
1. Mucalindasuttaṃ
11如是我闻:一时,世尊初成正觉,住在优楼频螺的尼连禅河畔牧羊人榕树下。那时,世尊结跏趺坐,连续七日体验解脱之乐。七日后,世尊从那种定中出来。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā uruvelāyaṃ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhe paṭhamābhisambuddho. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā sattāhaṃ ekapallaṅkena nisinno hoti vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvedī. Atha kho bhagavā tassa sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhāsi.
97那时,一场非时的大云雨突然降临,连续七天刮着冷风、下着阴雨。目支邻陀龙王便从自己的住处出来,用身体盘绕世尊的身体七圈,然后张开巨大的头顶冠罩在世尊头顶上方站着,想着:'不要让世尊受冷,不要让世尊受热,不要让虻虫、蚊蚋、风、太阳和爬虫碰到世尊。'
Tena kho pana samayena mahā akālamegho udapādi sattāhavaddalikā sītavātaduddinī. Atha kho mucalindo nāgarājā sakabhavanā nikkhamitvā bhagavato kāyaṃ sattakkhattuṃ bhogehi parikkhipitvā uparimuddhani mahantaṃ phaṇaṃ vihacca aṭṭhāsi – ‘‘mā bhagavantaṃ sītaṃ, mā bhagavantaṃ uṇhaṃ, mā bhagavantaṃ ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapa samphasso’’ti.
98七天过去了,世尊从那个定中出来。目支邻陀龙王看到天空乌云散去、变得晴朗,就把盘绕世尊身体的身体解开,收回自己的原形,变成一个年轻婆罗门的样子,合掌站在世尊面前,礼敬世尊。
Atha kho bhagavā tassa sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhāsi. Atha kho mucalindo nāgarājā viddhaṃ vigatavalāhakaṃ devaṃ viditvā bhagavato kāyā bhoge viniveṭhetvā sakavaṇṇaṃ paṭisaṃharitvā māṇavakavaṇṇaṃ abhinimminitvā bhagavato purato aṭṭhāsi pañjaliko bhagavantaṃ namassamāno.
99那时,世尊知道了这事的意义,就在那个时刻,发出这感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
100对于知足的人、听闻了法的人、看见了法的人,独处是快乐的;
‘‘Sukho viveko tuṭṭhassa, sutadhammassa passato;
101在世间,不伤害是快乐,对于众生能自我克制;
Abyāpajjaṃ sukhaṃ loke, pāṇabhūtesu saṃyamo.
102在世间,离欲是快乐,超越一切欲乐;
‘‘Sukhā virāgatā loke, kāmānaṃ samatikkamo;
103调伏我慢——这确实是最高的快乐。
Asmimānassa yo vinayo, etaṃ ve paramaṃ sukha’’nti. paṭhamaṃ;
1042. 王经
2. Rājasuttaṃ
12如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在沙瓦提城的揭德林给孤独园。那时,有一位名叫婆醯·达鲁吉利耶的人,住在苏帕拉卡的海边。他受到人们的恭敬、尊重、尊崇、供养、礼敬,得到了衣服、饮食、住处、医药和生病的所需物品。那时,婆醯·达鲁吉利耶独自静坐,心里生起了这样的念头:‘在这个世界上,所有已经是阿拉汉,或者正走在通往阿拉汉道上的那些人,我就是其中的一位。’
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bāhiyo dārucīriyo suppārake paṭivasati samuddatīre sakkato garukato mānito pūjito apacito lābhī cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. Atha kho bāhiyassa dārucīriyassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘‘ye kho keci loke arahanto vā arahattamaggaṃ vā samāpannā, ahaṃ tesaṃ aññataro’’ti.
106那时,世尊在傍晚时分从独处禅坐中起身,来到迦利蕊花圆堂。他到了之后,在铺设好的座位上坐下。坐下后,世尊就问比丘们:“比丘们,你们现在聚在一起讨论什么呢?你们刚才讲到一半的是什么话题?”
Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena karerimaṇḍalamāḷo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘kāya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kathāya sannisinnā, kā ca pana vo antarākathā vippakatā’’ti?
107“尊者,在这里,我们吃过饭后,从托钵回来,聚集坐在迦利蕊花圆堂里,生起了这样一番话题——
‘‘Idha, bhante, amhākaṃ pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantānaṃ karerimaṇḍalamāḷe sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ ayamantarākathā udapādi –
108“比丘们,这确实不适合你们这些出于信心、从在家生活出家而过无家生活的善男子,竟会谈起这样的谈话。比丘们,当你们聚集在一起时,有两件事应当做:谈论法义,或者保持圣者的沉默。”
‘‘Na khvetaṃ, bhikkhave, tumhākaṃ patirūpaṃ kulaputtānaṃ saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitānaṃ yaṃ tumhe evarūpiṃ kathaṃ katheyyātha. Sannipatitānaṃ vo, bhikkhave, dvayaṃ karaṇīyaṃ – dhammī vā kathā ariyo vā tuṇhībhāvo’’ti.
109那时,世尊知道了这件事的义理后,在那个时刻,发出这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
110“世间所有的欲乐,连同天界的种种快乐,
‘‘Yañca kāmasukhaṃ loke, yañcidaṃ diviyaṃ sukhaṃ;
111比起爱尽之乐,连它的十六分之一也比不上。” 第二经终。
Taṇhakkhayasukhassete , kalaṃ nāgghanti soḷasi’’nti. dutiyaṃ;
1123. 杖经
3. Daṇḍasuttaṃ
13如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园里。那时,有一位游方者的妻子,是个年轻女子,正怀有身孕,临近生产。于是,那位女游方者对她的游方者丈夫说:“去吧,婆罗门,去拿油来,我生产的时候要用。”
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa paribbājakassa daharamāṇavikā pajāpati hoti gabbhinī upavijaññā. Atha kho sā paribbājikā taṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, telaṃ āhara, yaṃ me vijātāya bhavissatī’’ti.
114那时,世尊明白了这件事,就在那个时刻,宣说了这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
115一切众生都想要快乐,如果有人用暴力去伤害他们;
‘‘Sukhakāmāni bhūtāni, yo daṇḍena vihiṃsati;
116这个人虽然为自己寻求快乐,死后却得不到快乐。
Attano sukhamesāno, pecca so na labhate sukhaṃ.
117一切众生都想要快乐,如果不用暴力去伤害他们;
‘‘Sukhakāmāni bhūtāni, yo daṇḍena na hiṃsati;
118这个人寻求自己的快乐,死后便能得到快乐。第三经。
Attano sukhamesāno, pecca so labhate sukha’’nti. tatiyaṃ;
1194. 恭敬经
4. Sakkārasuttaṃ
14如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城的东园鹿母讲堂。那时,维沙卡·鹿母有件什么事情牵涉到拘萨罗王波斯匿。拘萨罗王波斯匿没有按她的意愿去处理。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. Tena kho pana samayena visākhāya migāramātuyā kocideva attho raññe pasenadimhi kosale paṭibaddho hoti. Taṃ rājā pasenadi kosalo na yathādhippāyaṃ tīreti .
121当时,众多比丘来到世尊那里。到了之后,向世尊行礼,然后坐在一边。坐在一边后,那些比丘对世尊这样说:“尊者,如今世尊被恭敬、被尊重、被推崇、被供养、被礼遇,是衣服、饮食、住所、生病所需的药物和资具的获得者。比丘僧团也被恭敬、被尊重、被推崇、被供养、被礼遇,是衣服、饮食、住所、生病所需的药物和资具的获得者。但其他外道游行者们,不被恭敬、不被尊重、不被推崇、不被供养、不被礼遇,不是衣服、饮食、住所、生病所需的药物和资具的获得者。尊者,那些外道游行者们,因为忍受不了对世尊和比丘僧团的恭敬,无论在村庄还是树林里,一看见比丘们,就用不雅、粗恶的话辱骂、诽谤、激怒、伤害他们。”
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘etarahi, bhante, bhagavā sakkato garukato mānito pūjito apacito, lābhī cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. Bhikkhusaṅghopi sakkato garukato mānito pūjito apacito, lābhī cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. Aññatitthiyā pana paribbājakā asakkatā agarukatā amānitā apūjitā anapacitā, na lābhino cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. Atha kho te, bhante, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā bhagavato sakkāraṃ asahamānā bhikkhusaṅghassa ca gāme ca araññe ca bhikkhū disvā asabbhāhi pharusāhi vācāhi akkosanti paribhāsanti rosenti vihesantī’’ti.
122那时,世尊知道了这个道理,就在那个时刻,发出了这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
123“在村庄中、在树林里,被乐受与苦受所触时,
‘‘Gāme araññe sukhadukkhaphuṭṭho,
124不要认为那是自己的,也不要认为那是别人的。
Nevattato no parato dahetha;
125种种接触,依于执取才会触到;
Phusanti phassā upadhiṃ paṭicca,
126毫无执取的人,接触怎么能触得到他呢?”第四品结束。
Nirūpadhiṃ kena phuseyyu phassā’’ti. catutthaṃ;
1275. 近事男经
5. Upāsakasuttaṃ
15如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园。那时,有一位比丘,在不远处靠近世尊的地方,盘腿坐着,身体挺得笔直。由于过去业报的缘故,他正承受着剧烈、粗猛、刺痛、难忍的痛苦,但他保持着正念正知,忍耐着,不为之所扰。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu bhagavato avidūre nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya purāṇakammavipākajaṃ dukkhaṃ tibbaṃ kharaṃ kaṭukaṃ vedanaṃ adhivāsento sato sampajāno avihaññamāno.
129“尊者,我原本早就想来拜见世尊了,只是总被这样那样的事缠住了,所以一直没能来拜见世尊。”
‘‘Cirapaṭikāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamitukāmo, api cāhaṃ kehici kehici kiccakaraṇīyehi byāvaṭo. Evāhaṃ nāsakkhiṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamitu’’nti.
130那时,世尊了知了这件事的意义,就在那个时刻发出了这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
131「实乐彼无所有者,
‘‘Sukhaṃ vata tassa na hoti kiñci,
132多闻知法者;
Saṅkhātadhammassa bahussutassa;
133看那拥有挂碍的人,正在遭受折磨,
Sakiñcanaṃ passa vihaññamānaṃ,
134“人是人群中的束缚者。”第五经。
Jano janasmiṃ paṭibandharūpo’’ti. pañcamaṃ;
1356. 孕妇经
6. Gabbhinīsuttaṃ
16如是我闻:有一个时候,世尊住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园。那时,有位伊茶能伽罗的男居士,因为有些事情来到了舍卫城。那位居士在舍卫城办完事后,便去世尊那里。到了之后,他向世尊礼敬,然后坐在一旁。世尊对坐在一旁的居士说:“居士,你隔了很久,才想到来这里啊。”
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro icchānaṅgalako upāsako sāvatthiṃ anuppatto hoti kenacideva karaṇīyena. Atha kho so upāsako sāvatthiyaṃ taṃ karaṇīyaṃ tīretvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho taṃ upāsakaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘cirassaṃ kho tvaṃ, upāsaka, imaṃ pariyāyamakāsi yadidaṃ idhāgamanāyā’’ti.
137听了这话,那位游方者对他的妻子说:“夫人,我从哪里去拿油呢?” 那位女游方者第二次对她的游方者丈夫说:“去吧,婆罗门,去拿油来,我生产的时候要用。” 那位游方者第二次对他的妻子说:“夫人,我从哪里去拿油呢?” 那位女游方者第三次对她的游方者丈夫说:“去吧,婆罗门,去拿油来,我生产的时候要用。”
Evaṃ vutte, so paribbājako taṃ paribbājikaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kuto panāhaṃ, bhoti , telaṃ āharāmī’’ti? Dutiyampi kho sā paribbājikā taṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, telaṃ āhara, yaṃ me vijātāya bhavissatī’’ti. Dutiyampi kho so paribbājiko taṃ paribbājikaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kuto panāhaṃ, bhoti, telaṃ āharāmī’’ti? Tatiyampi kho sā paribbājikā taṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, telaṃ āhara, yaṃ me vijātāya bhavissatī’’ti.
138那时,在拘萨罗国波斯匿王的库房里,对沙门或婆罗门,酥油或油是让他们尽情地喝的,但不可以带走。
Tena kho pana samayena rañño pasenadissa kosalassa koṭṭhāgāre samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā sappissa vā telassa vā yāvadatthaṃ pātuṃ dīyati , no nīharituṃ.
139这时,那位游方者心里想:“在拘萨罗国波斯匿王的库房里,对沙门或婆罗门,酥油或油是让他们尽情地喝的,但不可以带走。不如我去拘萨罗国波斯匿王的库房,把油喝个够,回到家再催吐出来,给我妻子生产时用。”
Atha kho tassa paribbājakassa etadahosi – ‘‘rañño kho pana pasenadissa kosalassa koṭṭhāgāre samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā sappissa vā telassa vā yāvadatthaṃ pātuṃ dīyati, no nīharituṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ rañño pasenadissa kosalassa koṭṭhāgāraṃ gantvā telassa yāvadatthaṃ pivitvā gharaṃ āgantvā ucchadditvāna dadeyyaṃ, yaṃ imissā vijātāya bhavissatī’’ti.
140于是,那位游方者去了拘萨罗国波斯匿王的库房,把油喝了个够,回家后,既不能上吐,也不能下泻。他被剧烈、粗重、锐利的疼痛折磨着,翻来覆去,痛苦不堪。
Atha kho so paribbājako rañño pasenadissa kosalassa koṭṭhāgāraṃ gantvā telassa yāvadatthaṃ pivitvā gharaṃ āgantvā neva sakkoti uddhaṃ kātuṃ, na pana adho. So dukkhāhi tibbāhi kharāhi kaṭukāhi vedanāhi phuṭṭho āvaṭṭati parivaṭṭati.
141那时,世尊在午前穿好下裳,拿了钵和袈裟,进入沙瓦提城托钵。世尊看见那个外道出家人——他被痛苦、剧烈、粗糙、锐利的感受击中,在地上不停地翻滚、打转。
Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Addasā kho bhagavā taṃ paribbājakaṃ dukkhāhi tibbāhi kharāhi kaṭukāhi vedanāhi phuṭṭhaṃ āvaṭṭamānaṃ parivaṭṭamānaṃ.
142那时,世尊知道了这件事的义理后,在那时发出了这感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
143那些一无所有的人啊,真是快乐,
‘‘Sukhino vata ye akiñcanā,
144那些通达吠陀的人,确实一无所有;
Vedaguno hi janā akiñcanā;
145你看那些有牵挂的人,正在遭受折磨,
Sakiñcanaṃ passa vihaññamānaṃ,
146这个人在人群中,心却与他人紧紧捆绑在一起。第六经。
Jano janasmiṃ paṭibandhacitto’’ ti. chaṭṭhaṃ;
1477. 独子经
7. Ekaputtakasuttaṃ
17如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在沙瓦提城的揭德林,给孤独长者的园地。那时,具寿难陀——世尊的兄弟,姨母所生之子——对众多的比丘这样说道:“贤友们,我过这圣洁的生活过得不快乐;我没法再撑持这圣洁的生活,我要放弃修学,退回世俗生活去了。”
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā nando bhagavato bhātā mātucchāputto sambahulānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ evamāroceti – ‘‘anabhirato ahaṃ, āvuso, brahmacariyaṃ carāmi; na sakkomi brahmacariyaṃ sandhāretuṃ, sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattissāmī’’ti.
149于是,许多居士衣服湿透、头发湿透,在大白天来到世尊那里。到了之后,向世尊行礼,坐在一旁。世尊对那些坐在一旁的居士们说:"居士们,你们为什么衣服湿透、头发湿透,在大白天来到这里呢?"
Atha kho sambahulā upāsakā allavatthā allakesā divā divassa yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinne kho te upāsake bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho tumhe, upāsakā, allavatthā allakesā idhūpasaṅkamantā divā divassā’’ti?
150这样问后,那位居士对世尊说:"尊者,我心爱、疼爱的独生子去世了。所以我们衣服湿透、头发湿透,在大白天来到这里。"
Evaṃ vutte, so upāsako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mayhaṃ kho, bhante, ekaputtako piyo manāpo kālaṅkato. Tena mayaṃ allavatthā allakesā idhūpasaṅkamantā divā divassā’’ti.
151那时,世尊明白了这件事,在那个时刻发出了这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
152"被可爱之形、乐味所束缚的,
‘‘Piyarūpassādagadhitāse ,
153众多的天众与人们,
Devakāyā puthu manussā ca;
154忧愁憔悴,
Aghāvino parijunnā,
155落入了死神之王的控制之下。
Maccurājassa vasaṃ gacchanti.
156而那些不分日夜,保持不放逸,
‘‘Ye ve divā ca ratto ca,
157舍弃可爱事物的人,
Appamattā jahanti piyarūpaṃ;
158他们就挖出了苦的根,
Te ve khaṇanti aghamūlaṃ,
159超越那难以超越的死神之饵。”
Maccuno āmisaṃ durativatta’’nti. sattamaṃ;
1608. 苏巴瓦莎经
8. Suppavāsāsuttaṃ
18如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在军持城附近的军持林里。那时候,拘利族的女儿善生怀孕已经七年了。七天来她一直难产,被痛苦、剧烈、粗重、锐利的感受折磨着,她以三种念头在忍耐着:‘那位世尊确实是正自觉者,他为了断除这样的苦而教导法;那位世尊的弟子僧团确实修行得很好,他们为了断除这样的苦而修行;那个涅槃确实是真正的快乐,那里没有这样的苦存在。’
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kuṇḍikāyaṃ viharati kuṇḍadhānavane . Tena kho pana samayena suppavāsā koliyadhītā satta vassāni gabbhaṃ dhāreti. Sattāhaṃ mūḷhagabbhā sā dukkhāhi tibbāhi kharāhi kaṭukāhi vedanāhi phuṭṭhā tīhi vitakkehi adhivāseti – ‘‘sammāsambuddho vata so bhagavā yo imassa evarūpassa dukkhassa pahānāya dhammaṃ deseti; suppaṭipanno vata tassa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho yo imassa evarūpassa dukkhassa pahānāya paṭipanno; susukhaṃ vata taṃ nibbānaṃ yatthidaṃ evarūpaṃ dukkhaṃ na saṃvijjatī’’ti.
162于是,拘利族的女儿善生对她的丈夫说:‘来吧,夫君,你去世尊那里。到了之后,以我的名义用头面顶礼世尊的双足;问候他是否少病、少恼、起居轻快、身体有力、安住舒适——“尊者,拘利族的女儿善生用头面顶礼世尊的双足,问候您是否少病、少恼、起居轻快、身体有力、安住舒适。”再这样说——“尊者,拘利族的女儿善生怀孕已经七年了。七天来她一直难产,被痛苦、剧烈、粗重、锐利的感受折磨着,她以三种念头在忍耐着:那位世尊确实是正自觉者,他为了断除这样的苦而教导法;那位世尊的弟子僧团确实修行得很好,他们为了断除这样的苦而修行;那个涅槃确实是真正的快乐,那里没有这样的苦存在。”’
Atha kho suppavāsā koliyadhītā sāmikaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, ayyaputta, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandāhi; appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ puccha – ‘suppavāsā, bhante, koliyadhītā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati; appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ pucchatī’ti. Evañca vadehi – ‘suppavāsā, bhante, koliyadhītā satta vassāni gabbhaṃ dhāreti. Sattāhaṃ mūḷhagabbhā sā dukkhāhi tibbāhi kharāhi kaṭukāhi vedanāhi phuṭṭhā tīhi vitakkehi adhivāseti – sammāsambuddho vata so bhagavā yo imassa evarūpassa dukkhassa pahānāya dhammaṃ deseti; suppaṭipanno vata tassa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho yo imassa evarūpassa dukkhassa pahānāya paṭipanno; susukhaṃ vata taṃ nibbānaṃ yatthidaṃ evarūpaṃ dukkhaṃ na saṃvijjatī’’’ti.
163‘好的。’那位拘利族的男子答应了拘利族的女儿善生后,就去世尊那里。到了之后,向世尊礼敬,然后坐在一旁。坐在一旁后,拘利族的男子对世尊这样说:‘尊者,拘利族的女儿善生用头面顶礼世尊的双足,问候您是否少病、少恼、起居轻快、身体有力、安住舒适。她还这样说:“尊者,拘利族的女儿善生怀孕已经七年了。七天来她一直难产,被痛苦、剧烈、粗重、锐利的感受折磨着,她以三种念头在忍耐着:那位世尊确实是正自觉者,他为了断除这样的苦而教导法;那位世尊的弟子僧团确实修行得很好,他们为了断除这样的苦而修行;涅槃确实是真正的快乐,那里没有这样的苦存在。”’
‘‘Parama’’nti kho so koliyaputto suppavāsāya koliyadhītāya paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami ; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho koliyaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘suppavāsā, bhante, koliyadhītā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ pucchati; evañca vadeti – ‘suppavāsā, bhante, koliyadhītā satta vassāni gabbhaṃ dhāreti. Sattāhaṃ mūḷhagabbhā sā dukkhāhi tibbāhi kharāhi kaṭukāhi vedanāhi phuṭṭhā tīhi vitakkehi adhivāseti – sammāsambuddho vata so bhagavā yo imassa evarūpassa dukkhassa pahānāya dhammaṃ deseti; suppaṭipanno vata tassa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho yo imassa evarūpassa dukkhassa pahānāya paṭipanno; susukhaṃ vata nibbānaṃ yatthidaṃ evarūpaṃ dukkhaṃ na saṃvijjatī’’’ti.
164‘愿拘利族的女儿善生快乐安稳,无病无恼,生下一个健康的儿子。’就在世尊话音落下的同时,拘利族的女儿善生便快乐安稳、无病无恼地生下了一个健康的儿子。
‘‘Sukhinī hotu suppavāsā koliyadhītā; arogā arogaṃ puttaṃ vijāyatū’’ti. Saha vacanā ca pana bhagavato suppavāsā koliyadhītā sukhinī arogā arogaṃ puttaṃ vijāyi.
165‘是的,尊者!’那位拘利族的男子对世尊的话感到欢喜、随喜之后,从座位起身,向世尊礼敬,右绕之后,就回自己家去了。那位拘利族的男子看见拘利族的女儿善生快乐安稳、无病无恼,生下了一个健康的儿子。看见之后,他心里这样想:‘实在是稀有啊!实在是未曾有啊!如来的大神力、大威力,这位拘利族的女儿善生,竟然就在世尊话音落下的同时,就快乐安稳、无病无恼地生下了一个健康的儿子!’他心里高兴、喜悦,生起了欢喜和满足。
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho so koliyaputto bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena sakaṃ gharaṃ tena paccāyāsi. Addasā kho so koliyaputto suppavāsaṃ koliyadhītaraṃ sukhiniṃ arogaṃ arogaṃ puttaṃ vijātaṃ. Disvānassa etadahosi – ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata, bho, abbhutaṃ vata, bho, tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā, yatra hi nāmāyaṃ suppavāsā koliyadhītā saha vacanā ca pana bhagavato sukhinī arogā arogaṃ puttaṃ vijāyissatī’’ti! Attamano pamudito pītisomanassajāto ahosi.
166于是,拘利族的女儿善生对她的丈夫说:‘来吧,夫君,你去世尊那里。到了之后,以我的名义用头面顶礼世尊的双足——“尊者,拘利族的女儿善生用头面顶礼世尊的双足。”再这样说——“尊者,拘利族的女儿善生怀孕七年,七天来一直难产,现在她已经快乐安稳、无病无恼,生下了一个健康的儿子。她要邀请以佛陀为首的比丘僧团,连续七天接受饮食供养。尊者,请世尊接受拘利族的女儿善生连续七天的饮食供养,与比丘僧团一起。’”
Atha kho suppavāsā koliyadhītā sāmikaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, ayyaputta, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandāhi – ‘suppavāsā, bhante, koliyadhītā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’ti; evañca vadehi – ‘suppavāsā, bhante, koliyadhītā satta vassāni gabbhaṃ dhāreti. Sattāhaṃ mūḷhagabbhā sā etarahi sukhinī arogā arogaṃ puttaṃ vijātā. Sā sattāhaṃ buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ bhattena nimanteti. Adhivāsetu kira, bhante, bhagavā suppavāsāya koliyadhītāya satta bhattāni saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’’ti.
167那位拘利亚子对善生拘利亚女答应说“好的”以后,去到世尊那里。到了之后,向世尊顶礼,坐在一边,对世尊这样说:
‘‘Parama’’nti kho so koliyaputto suppavāsāya koliyadhītāya paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so koliyaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –
168“世尊,善生拘利亚女以头叩拜世尊之足,并这样说:‘世尊,善生拘利亚女怀胎七年,难产了七天,现在她平安无病,生下了健康的儿子。她邀请以世尊为首的比丘僧团连续七天接受食物供养。请世尊您和比丘僧团一起,接受善生拘利亚女的七天食供吧。’”
‘‘Suppavāsā , bhante, koliyadhītā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati; evañca vadeti – ‘suppavāsā, bhante, koliyadhītā satta vassāni gabbhaṃ dhāreti. Sattāhaṃ mūḷhagabbhā sā etarahi sukhinī arogā arogaṃ puttaṃ vijātā. Sā sattāhaṃ buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ bhattena nimanteti. Adhivāsetu kira, bhante, bhagavā suppavāsāya koliyadhītāya satta bhattāni saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’’ti.
169那时,另一位优婆塞已经邀请了以佛陀为首的比丘僧团第二天去应供。而这位优婆塞是尊者大目犍连的护持者。于是,世尊对尊者大目犍连说:“来,目犍连,你到这优婆塞那儿去,对他说:‘贤友,善生拘利亚女怀胎七年,难产七天,现在她平安无病,生下了健康的儿子。她邀请了以佛陀为首的比丘僧团连续七天应供。就让善生拘利亚女先做七天的供养,你随后再供养吧。他是你的护持者。’”
Tena kho pana samayena aññatarena upāsakena buddhappamukho bhikkhusaṅgho svātanāya bhattena nimantito hoti. So ca upāsako āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa upaṭṭhāko hoti. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, moggallāna, yena so upāsako tenupasaṅkama ; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ upāsakaṃ evaṃ vadehi – ‘suppavāsā, āvuso, koliyadhītā satta vassāni gabbhaṃ dhāresi. Sattāhaṃ mūḷhagabbhā sā etarahi sukhinī arogā arogaṃ puttaṃ vijātā. Sā sattāhaṃ buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ bhattena nimanteti. Karotu suppavāsā koliyadhītā satta bhattāni, pacchā tvaṃ karissasī’ti . Tuyheso upaṭṭhāko’’ti.
170“是的,世尊。”尊者大目犍连答应了世尊,然后去到那位优婆塞那里,对他说:“贤友,善生拘利亚女怀胎七年,难产七天,现在她平安无病,生下了健康的儿子。她邀请了以佛陀为首的比丘僧团连续七天应供。就让善生拘利亚女先做七天的供养,你随后再供养吧。”
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato paṭissutvā yena so upāsako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ upāsakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘suppavāsā, āvuso, koliyadhītā satta vassāni gabbhaṃ dhāreti. Sattāhaṃ mūḷhagabbhā sā etarahi sukhinī arogā arogaṃ puttaṃ vijātā. Sā sattāhaṃ buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ bhattena nimanteti. Karotu suppavāsā koliyadhītā satta bhattāni, pacchā tvaṃ karissasī’’ti.
171那位优婆塞说:“大德,如果圣大目犍连尊者能为我担保三件事——财产、生命和信心,那么就让善生拘利亚女先供七天,我随后再供。”大目犍连说:“贤友,我可以为你担保两件事——财产和生命,但信心这事儿,你得自己担保。”
‘‘Sace me, bhante, ayyo mahāmoggallāno tiṇṇaṃ dhammānaṃ pāṭibhogo – bhogānañca jīvitassa ca saddhāya ca, karotu suppavāsā koliyadhītā satta bhattāni, pacchāhaṃ karissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Dvinnaṃ kho te ahaṃ , āvuso, dhammānaṃ pāṭibhogo – bhogānañca jīvitassa ca. Saddhāya pana tvaṃyeva pāṭibhogo’’ti.
172那位优婆塞说:“大德,如果圣大目犍连尊者能为我担保这两件事——财产和生命,那么就让善生拘利亚女先供七天,我随后再供。”
‘‘Sace me, bhante, ayyo mahāmoggallāno dvinnaṃ dhammānaṃ pāṭibhogo – bhogānañca jīvitassa ca, karotu suppavāsā koliyadhītā satta bhattāni, pacchāhaṃ karissāmī’’ti.
173于是,具寿大目犍连说服了那位优婆塞后,就去到世尊那里。到了之后,他对世尊这样说:"尊者,那位优婆塞已经被我说服了。让果离亚之女善生先做七日的供养,之后他再做。"
Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṃ upāsakaṃ saññāpetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘saññatto , bhante, so upāsako mayā; karotu suppavāsā koliyadhītā satta bhattāni, pacchā so karissatī’’ti.
174于是,果离亚之女善生在七日里,亲手以胜妙的嚼食和啖食,使以佛陀为首的比丘僧团饱足满意。她还让那孩子向世尊和全体比丘僧团礼敬。
Atha kho suppavāsā koliyadhītā sattāhaṃ buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi, tañca dārakaṃ bhagavantaṃ vandāpesi sabbañca bhikkhusaṅghaṃ.
175于是,具寿舍利弗对那孩子这样说:"孩子,你还撑得住吗?还能活吗?有没有什么不舒服?""舍利弗尊者,我哪里还撑得住?哪里还能活?我在血盆里待了七年啊。"
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto taṃ dārakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kacci te, dāraka, khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci na kiñci dukkha’’nti? ‘‘Kuto me, bhante sāriputta, khamanīyaṃ, kuto yāpanīyaṃ! Satta me vassāni lohitakumbhiyaṃ vuttānī’’ti.
176那时,果离亚之女善生心想"我儿子正和法将交谈呢",于是她称心如意,欢喜踊跃,心生喜悦和快乐。这时,世尊知道果离亚之女善生称心如意、欢喜踊跃、心生喜悦和快乐,便对她说:"善生,你还想要另外这样的儿子吗?""世尊啊,我还想要另外七个这样的儿子。"
Atha kho suppavāsā koliyadhītā – ‘‘putto me dhammasenāpatinā saddhiṃ mantetī’’ti attamanā pamuditā pītisomanassajātā ahosi. Atha kho bhagavā (suppavāsaṃ kolīyadhītaraṃ attamanaṃ pamuditaṃ pītisomanassajātaṃ viditvā ) suppavāsaṃ koliyadhītaraṃ etadavoca – ‘‘iccheyyāsi tvaṃ, suppavāse, aññampi evarūpaṃ putta’’nti? ‘‘Iccheyyāmahaṃ, bhagavā, aññānipi evarūpāni satta puttānī’’ti .
177那时,世尊了知了这件事的意义后,在那时候发出了这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
178苦,以愉悦的模样而来;不爱,以可爱的样子出现;
‘‘Asātaṃ sātarūpena, piyarūpena appiyaṃ;
179痛苦以快乐的形态,侵袭放逸的人。」第八经。
Dukkhaṃ sukhassa rūpena, pamattamativattatī’’ti. aṭṭhamaṃ;
1809. 维萨卡经
9. Visākhāsuttaṃ
19如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园。那时,世尊受到大家的尊重、恭敬、崇敬、礼拜、供养,他很容易得到袈裟、食物、住处,以及生病时的药品和资具。比丘僧团也同样受到尊重、恭敬、崇敬、礼拜、供养,他们也容易得到袈裟、食物、住处,以及生病时的药品和资具。可是,其他外道的出家人却没有受到尊重、恭敬、崇敬、礼拜、供养,他们得不到袈裟、食物、住处,以及生病时的药品和资具。那时候,这些外道出家人受不了世尊和比丘僧团所受到的尊崇,他们在村落里或森林中看见比丘们,就用粗恶的、刺耳的话语去辱骂、诽谤、激怒、伤害他们。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā sakkato hoti garukato mānito pūjito apacito, lābhī cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. Bhikkhusaṅghopi sakkato hoti garukato mānito pūjito apacito, lābhī cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. Aññatitthiyā pana paribbājakā asakkatā honti agarukatā amānitā apūjitā anapacitā, na lābhino cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. Atha kho te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā bhagavato sakkāraṃ asahamānā bhikkhusaṅghassa ca gāme ca araññe ca bhikkhū disvā asabbhāhi pharusāhi vācāhi akkosanti paribhāsanti rosenti vihesenti.
182于是,维沙卡·鹿母在大白天来到世尊那里。到了之后,向世尊敬礼,坐在一旁。世尊对坐在一旁的维沙卡·鹿母这样说:「喂,维沙卡,你在大白天从哪里来呢?」「尊者,我这里有点事情牵涉到拘萨罗王波斯匿,拘萨罗王波斯匿没有按我的意愿去处理。」
Atha kho visākhā migāramātā divā divassa yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho visākhaṃ migāramātaraṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘handa kuto nu tvaṃ, visākhe, āgacchasi divā divassā’’ti? ‘‘Idha me, bhante, kocideva attho raññe pasenadimhi kosale paṭibaddho; taṃ rājā pasenadi kosalo na yathādhippāyaṃ tīretī’’ti.
183那时,世尊知道这层道理后,在那个时刻,有感而发,说出了这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
184「一切受他人掌控是苦,一切自主是乐;
‘‘Sabbaṃ paravasaṃ dukkhaṃ, sabbaṃ issariyaṃ sukhaṃ;
185在有共同利害的事情上,人们会受折磨,因为这些系缚确实难以超越。」第九经。
Sādhāraṇe vihaññanti, yogā hi duratikkamā’’ti. navamaṃ;
186以下是它的关键偈颂:
Tassuddānaṃ –
18710. 跋提亚经
10. Bhaddiyasuttaṃ
20如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在安努庇亚村的芒果林里。那时,具寿跋提·嘎利果达之子,无论是去了森林、坐在树下,还是待在空屋里,都一再地发出感兴语:'啊,真快乐!啊,真快乐!'
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā anupiyāyaṃ viharati ambavane. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā bhaddiyo kāḷīgodhāya putto araññagatopi rukkhamūlagatopi suññāgāragatopi abhikkhaṇaṃ udānaṃ udānesi – ‘‘aho sukhaṃ, aho sukha’’nti!
189众多比丘们听到了具寿跋提·嘎利果达之子,无论是去了森林、坐在树下,还是待在空屋里,都一再地发出感兴语:'啊,真快乐!啊,真快乐!'。听到后,他们心里想:'道友们啊,毫无疑问,具寿跋提·嘎利果达之子是不乐意修梵行的。他之前在家人时享受国王的快乐,现在回忆着那些,所以无论是去了森林、坐在树下,还是待在空屋里,都一再地发出感兴语:啊,真快乐!啊,真快乐!'
Assosuṃ kho sambahulā bhikkhū āyasmato bhaddiyassa kāḷīgodhāya puttassa araññagatassapi rukkhamūlagatassapi suññāgāragatassapi abhikkhaṇaṃ udānaṃ udānentassa – ‘‘aho sukhaṃ, aho sukha’’nti! Sutvāna nesaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘nissaṃsayaṃ kho, āvuso, āyasmā bhaddiyo kāḷīgodhāya putto anabhirato brahmacariyaṃ carati, yaṃsa pubbe agāriyabhūtassa rajjasukhaṃ, so tamanussaramāno araññagatopi rukkhamūlagatopi suññāgāragatopi abhikkhaṇaṃ udānaṃ udānesi – ‘aho sukhaṃ, aho sukha’’’nti!
190于是,众多比丘来到世尊那里。到了之后,礼敬世尊,坐在一边。坐在一边后,那些比丘对世尊这样说:'大德,具寿跋提·嘎利果达之子,无论是去了森林、坐在树下,还是待在空屋里,都一再地发出感兴语:啊,真快乐!啊,真快乐!大德,毫无疑问,具寿跋提·嘎利果达之子是不乐意修梵行的。他之前在家人时享受国王的快乐,现在回忆着那些,所以无论是去了森林、坐在树下,还是待在空屋里,都一再地发出感兴语:啊,真快乐!啊,真快乐!'
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘āyasmā, bhante, bhaddiyo kāḷīgodhāya putto araññagatopi rukkhamūlagatopi suññāgāragatopi abhikkhaṇaṃ udānaṃ udānesi – ‘aho sukhaṃ, aho sukha’nti! Nissaṃsayaṃ kho, bhante, āyasmā bhaddiyo kāḷīgodhāya putto anabhirato brahmacariyaṃ carati. Yaṃsa pubbe agāriyabhūtassa rajjasukhaṃ, so tamanussaramāno araññagatopi rukkhamūlagatopi suññāgāragatopi abhikkhaṇaṃ udānaṃ udānesi – ‘aho sukhaṃ, aho sukha’’’nti!
191那时,世尊对某一位比丘说:'来,比丘,你以我的名义去叫跋提比丘:道友跋提,老师叫你。'
Atha kho bhagavā aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, bhikkhu, mama vacanena bhaddiyaṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantehi – ‘satthā taṃ, āvuso bhaddiya, āmantetī’’’ti.
192'好的,大德。'那位比丘回应世尊后,就来到具寿跋提·嘎利果达之子那里。到了之后,对跋提·嘎利果达之子说:'道友跋提,老师叫你。' '好的,道友。'具寿跋提·嘎利果达之子回应了那位比丘后,就来到世尊那里。到了之后,礼敬世尊,坐在一边。世尊对坐在一边的具寿跋提·嘎利果达之子这样说:
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā bhaddiyo kāḷīgodhāya putto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhaddiyaṃ kāḷīgodhāya puttaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘satthā taṃ, āvuso bhaddiya, āmantetī’’ti. ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti kho āyasmā bhaddiyo kāḷīgodhāya putto tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ bhaddiyaṃ kāḷīgodhāya puttaṃ bhagavā etadavoca –
193跋提,听说你无论是去了森林、坐在树下,还是待在空屋里,都一再地发出感兴语:'啊,真快乐!啊,真快乐!',这是真的吗?' '是的,大德。'
‘‘Saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, bhaddiya, araññagatopi rukkhamūlagatopi suññāgāragatopi abhikkhaṇaṃ udānaṃ udānesi – ‘aho sukhaṃ, aho sukha’’’nti! ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti.
194“那么,跋提长老,你到底是看到了什么意义,才一次又一次地在森林里、在树根下、在空屋里发出这样的感叹:‘啊,真是快乐!啊,真是快乐!’呢?” “尊者,以前我在家当国王的时候,王宫里里外外的守卫都安排得很严密,城里里外外的守卫也安排得很严密,甚至整个国家里里外外的守卫都安排得很严密。尊者,那时候的我,虽然被这样一层层地保护着、守护着,却总是活在恐惧、紧张、猜疑、害怕之中。可是现在,尊者,我无论去到森林、坐在树根下,还是待在空屋里,都是独自一人,不恐惧、不紧张、不猜疑、不害怕,心里没什么牵挂,身心安稳,靠别人的布施过日子,内心就像一头自在的野鹿那样活着。尊者,正是因为看到了这个意义,我才会一次又一次地在森林里、在树根下、在空屋里发出这样的感叹:‘啊,真是快乐!啊,真是快乐!’”
‘‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, bhaddiya, atthavasaṃ sampassamāno araññagatopi rukkhamūlagatopi suññāgāragatopi abhikkhaṇaṃ udānaṃ udānesi – ‘aho sukhaṃ, aho sukha’’’nti! ‘‘Pubbe me, bhante, agāriyabhūtassa rajjaṃ kārentassa antopi antepure rakkhā susaṃvihitā ahosi, bahipi antepure rakkhā susaṃvihitā ahosi, antopi nagare rakkhā susaṃvihitā ahosi, bahipi nagare rakkhā susaṃvihitā ahosi, antopi janapade rakkhā susaṃvihitā ahosi, bahipi janapade rakkhā susaṃvihitā ahosi. So kho ahaṃ, bhante, evaṃ rakkhito gopito santo bhīto ubbiggo ussaṅkī utrāsī vihāsiṃ. Etarahi kho panāhaṃ, bhante, araññagatopi rukkhamūlagatopi suññāgāragatopi eko abhīto anubbiggo anussaṅkī anutrāsī appossukko pannalomo paradattavutto , migabhūtena cetasā viharāmi. Imaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, atthavasaṃ sampassamāno araññagatopi rukkhamūlagatopi suññāgāragatopi abhikkhaṇaṃ udānaṃ udānesi – ‘aho sukhaṃ, aho sukha’’’nti!
195那时,世尊知道了这件事的意义,就在那个时刻,发出这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
196“一个人内心没有潜伏的恼怒,
‘‘Yassantarato na santi kopā,
197也已经超越了这样那样的存在状态;
Itibhavābhavatañca vītivatto;
198他离开了恐惧,快乐,无忧,
Taṃ vigatabhayaṃ sukhiṃ asokaṃ,
199连天众们也看不到他的踪迹。” 第十品。
Devā nānubhavanti dassanāyā’’ti. dasamaṃ;
200目真邻德品第二完
Mucalindavaggo dutiyo niṭṭhito.
201其摄颂——
Tassuddānaṃ –
202目支邻陀龙王品(因杖责而说),恭敬供养品(因优婆塞而说);
Mucalindo rājā daṇḍena, sakkāro upāsakena ca;
203孕妇、独子,善生居士女、维沙卡居士;
Gabbhinī ekaputto ca, suppavāsā visākhā ca;
204卡利果达、跋地亚(这些篇章的缘起)。
Kāḷīgodhāya bhaddiyoti.
2053. 难德品
3. Nandavaggo
2061. 业果报生经
1. Kammavipākajasuttaṃ
21如是我闻:有一回,世尊住在舍卫城的祇陀林给孤独园。那时,以亚索贾为首的约五百位比丘来到了舍卫城,想要拜见世尊。这些远道而来的客比丘,和住在此处的比丘们相互问候、安排住处、收拾衣钵时,弄出了很大的吵闹声。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena yasojappamukhāni pañcamattāni bhikkhusatāni sāvatthiṃ anuppattāni honti bhagavantaṃ dassanāya. Tedha kho āgantukā bhikkhū nevāsikehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ paṭisammodamānā senāsanāni paññāpayamānā pattacīvarāni paṭisāmayamānā uccāsaddā mahāsaddā ahesuṃ .
208世尊看见了那位比丘,他正坐在不远处,盘着腿,身体挺直,承受着过去业报带来的剧烈、粗猛、刺痛、难忍的痛苦,而能保持正念正知,不为之所扰。
Addasā kho bhagavā taṃ bhikkhuṃ avidūre nisinnaṃ pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya purāṇakammavipākajaṃ dukkhaṃ tibbaṃ kharaṃ kaṭukaṃ vedanaṃ adhivāsentaṃ sataṃ sampajānaṃ avihaññamānaṃ.
209那时,世尊明白了这件事的义理后,在那个时刻,发出了这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
210“对于那断除了一切业的比丘,
‘‘Sabbakammajahassa bhikkhuno,
211正在抖落过去所造作的尘垢;
Dhunamānassa pure kataṃ rajaṃ;
212他没有‘我所’的执念,安住不动,是一位如如者,
Amamassa ṭhitassa tādino,
213他没有必要去跟人说什么。” 第一品。
Attho natthi janaṃ lapetave’’ti. paṭhamaṃ;
2142. 难德经
2. Nandasuttaṃ
22如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园。那时候,舍利弗尊者在世尊不远处坐着,盘起双腿,挺直身体,在前方建立起念。世尊看见舍利弗尊者在不远处坐着,盘起双腿,挺直身体,在前方建立起念。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā sāriputto bhagavato avidūre nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā. Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ avidūre nisinnaṃ pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā.
216那时,有一位比丘来到世尊那里,到了之后,向世尊顶礼,然后坐在一旁。坐在一旁后,那位比丘对世尊这样说:‘尊者,世尊的兄弟、姨母之子具寿难陀,对很多比丘们这样宣称:“贤友们,我过梵行过得不欢喜,我没办法把梵行维持下去了,我要舍戒还俗了。”’
Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘āyasmā, bhante, nando bhagavato bhātā mātucchāputto sambahulānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ evamāroceti – ‘anabhirato ahaṃ, āvuso, brahmacariyaṃ carāmi, na sakkomi brahmacariyaṃ sandhāretuṃ, sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattissāmī’’’ti.
217于是,世尊对某位比丘说:‘来吧,比丘,你以我的名义去叫难陀比丘,说:“难陀贤友,老师叫你。”’‘好的,尊者。’那位比丘答应了世尊,就来到具寿难陀那里,到了之后,对具寿难陀这样说:‘难陀贤友,老师叫你。’
Atha kho bhagavā aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, bhikkhu, mama vacanena nandaṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantehi – ‘satthā taṃ, āvuso nanda, āmantetī’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā nando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ nandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘satthā taṃ, āvuso nanda, āmantetī’’ti.
218‘好的,贤友。’具寿难陀答应了那位比丘,就来到世尊那里,到了之后,向世尊顶礼,然后坐在一旁。世尊对坐在一旁的具寿难陀这样说:
‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti kho āyasmā nando tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ nandaṃ bhagavā etadavoca –
219‘难陀,听说你确实对很多比丘们这样宣称:“贤友们,我过梵行过得不欢喜,我没办法把梵行维持下去了,我要舍戒还俗了。”是这样吗?’‘是的,尊者。’
‘‘Saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, nanda, sambahulānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ evamārocesi – ‘anabhirato ahaṃ, āvuso, brahmacariyaṃ carāmi, na sakkomi brahmacariyaṃ sandhāretuṃ, sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattissāmī’’’ti ? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti.
220‘难陀,你为什么过梵行过得不欢喜,没办法把梵行维持下去,要舍戒还俗呢?’‘尊者,我离家出家的时候,一位释迦族的美女,那真是全国最漂亮的,她头发梳了一半,回头看着我,对我说:“少爷,你可要快点回来啊。”尊者,我老想起这件事,所以过梵行过得不欢喜,没办法把梵行维持下去了,我要舍戒还俗了。’
‘‘Kissa pana tvaṃ, nanda, anabhirato brahmacariyaṃ carasi, na sakkosi brahmacariyaṃ sandhāretuṃ , sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattissasī’’ti? ‘‘Sākiyānī maṃ , bhante, janapadakalyāṇī gharā nikkhamantassa upaḍḍhullikhitehi kesehi apaloketvā maṃ etadavoca – ‘tuvaṭaṃ kho, ayyaputta, āgaccheyyāsī’ti. So kho ahaṃ, bhante, tamanussaramāno anabhirato brahmacariyaṃ carāmi, na sakkomi brahmacariyaṃ sandhāretuṃ, sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattissāmī’’ti.
221于是,世尊抓住具寿难陀的手臂,就像一个大力士能把他弯曲的手臂伸直,或把他伸直的手臂弯曲一样,就在一瞬间,他们从诸天中的三十三天消失,出现在了祇树给孤独园。
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ nandaṃ bāhāyaṃ gahetvā – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva – devesu tāvatiṃsesu antarahito jetavane pāturahosi.
222那时,有大约五百位鸽足天女前来侍奉诸天的帝王释天。于是,世尊对具寿难陀说:“难陀,你看见这五百位鸽足天女了吗?”“看见了,尊者。”
Tena kho pana samayena pañcamattāni accharāsatāni sakkassa devānamindassa upaṭṭhānaṃ āgatāni honti kakuṭapādāni. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ nandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘passasi no tvaṃ, nanda, imāni pañca accharāsatāni kakuṭapādānī’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti.
223“难陀,你觉得如何?是那位释迦族的国美女子更美丽、更动人、更优雅,还是这五百位鸽足天女更美丽、更动人、更优雅呢?”“尊者,和这五百位天女比起来,那位释迦族的国美女子就像一只被火烧过、耳朵鼻子都被割掉的母猴子,根本算不上数,比不上分毫,完全无法相提并论。这五百位天女实在是比她美丽太多、动人太多、优雅太多了。”
‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, nanda, katamā nu kho abhirūpatarā vā dassanīyatarā vā pāsādikatarā vā, sākiyānī vā janapadakalyāṇī, imāni vā pañca accharāsatāni kakuṭapādānī’’ti? ‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhante, paluṭṭhamakkaṭī kaṇṇanāsacchinnā, evameva kho, bhante, sākiyānī janapadakalyāṇī imesaṃ pañcannaṃ accharāsatānaṃ upanidhāya saṅkhyampi nopeti kalabhāgampi nopeti upanidhimpi nopeti. Atha kho imāni pañca accharāsatāni abhirūpatarāni ceva dassanīyatarāni ca pāsādikatarāni cā’’ti.
224“难陀,你好好修行享受吧,难陀,你好好修行享受吧!我为你担保,你一定能得到这五百位鸽足天女。”“尊者,如果世尊能为我担保,让我得到这五百位鸽足天女,那我,尊者,就会乐于在世尊的教导下修习梵行。”
‘‘Abhirama, nanda, abhirama, nanda! Ahaṃ te pāṭibhogo pañcannaṃ accharāsatānaṃ paṭilābhāya kakuṭapādāna’’nti. ‘‘Sace me, bhante, bhagavā pāṭibhogo pañcannaṃ accharāsatānaṃ paṭilābhāya kakuṭapādānaṃ, abhiramissāmahaṃ, bhante, bhagavati brahmacariye’’ti .
225于是,世尊抓住具寿难陀的手臂——就像一个大力士,能把弯曲的手臂伸直,伸直的手臂弯曲那样快——就在祇园精舍消失,出现在了三十三天上。
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ nandaṃ bāhāyaṃ gahetvā – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya , evameva – jetavane antarahito devesu tāvatiṃsesu pāturahosi.
226比丘们听到了风声,纷纷议论:“听说具寿难陀,世尊的兄弟、姨妈的儿子,居然是为了天女才修梵行的。听说世尊还为他担保,保证他能得到五百位鸽足天女呢。”
Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū – ‘‘āyasmā kira nando bhagavato bhātā mātucchāputto accharānaṃ hetu brahmacariyaṃ carati; bhagavā kirassa pāṭibhogo pañcannaṃ accharāsatānaṃ paṭilābhāya kakuṭapādāna’’nti.
227于是,具寿难陀的那些同伴比丘们,就开始用“雇工”和“被收买的人”这样的称呼来对待具寿难陀,他们说:“听说具寿难陀是个雇工,听说具寿难陀是个被收买的人,他竟是为了天女才修梵行。听说世尊还为他担保,保证他能得到五百位鸽足天女呢。”
Atha kho āyasmato nandassa sahāyakā bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ nandaṃ bhatakavādena ca upakkitakavādena ca samudācaranti – ‘‘bhatako kirāyasmā nando upakkitako kirāyasmā nando accharānaṃ hetu brahmacariyaṃ carati; bhagavā kirassa pāṭibhogo pañcannaṃ accharāsatānaṃ paṭilābhāya kakuṭapādāna’’nti.
228那时,难陀尊者被同伴比丘们用“雇工”、“受雇者”这样的话指责,感到烦扰、羞惭、厌恶。他独自隐居,不放逸、精勤、坚定地修行,没过多久——就为了那个目的——良家子弟正确地离家而出家,走向无家——他就在现法中,自己证知、作证、具足而住于那无上的梵行究竟。他彻知:“生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不再有来世。”于是,难陀尊者成为阿拉汉之一。
Atha kho āyasmā nando sahāyakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bhatakavādena ca upakkitakavādena ca aṭṭīyamāno harāyamāno jigucchamāno eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirasseva – yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti tadanuttaraṃ – brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. ‘‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’’ti abbhaññāsi. Aññataro kho panāyasmā nando arahataṃ ahosi.
229那时,有一位天神,在深夜将尽时,以殊胜的容色遍照整座祇园精舍,来到世尊那里。走近后,礼敬世尊,站在一旁。站在一旁的天神对世尊这样说:“尊者,世尊的弟弟、姨妈的儿子难陀尊者,已灭尽诸漏,于现法中,自己证知、作证、具足而住于无漏的心解脱、慧解脱。”世尊心中也生起了这样的认知:“难陀已灭尽诸漏,于现法中,自己证知、作证、具足而住于无漏的心解脱、慧解脱。”
Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ jetavanaṃ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘āyasmā, bhante, nando bhagavato bhātā mātucchāputto āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatī’’ti. Bhagavatopi kho ñāṇaṃ udapādi – ‘‘nando āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatī’’ti.
230那时,当那夜过去,难陀尊者来到世尊那里。走近后,礼敬世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的难陀尊者对世尊这样说:“世尊曾为我作保,让我获得五百位鸽足天女——世尊,我要解除您所做的这个承诺了。”“难陀,我早已用心感知你的心了:‘难陀已灭尽诸漏,于现法中,自己证知、作证、具足而住于无漏的心解脱、慧解脱。’天神也告诉了我这件事:‘尊者,世尊的弟弟、姨妈的儿子难陀尊者,已灭尽诸漏,于现法中,自己证知、作证、具足而住于无漏的心解脱、慧解脱。’难陀,正因为你的心已无取著地从诸漏中解脱,我也就从那个承诺中解脱了。”
Atha kho āyasmā nando tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā nando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yaṃ me, bhante, bhagavā pāṭibhogo pañcannaṃ accharāsatānaṃ paṭilābhāya kakuṭapādānaṃ, muñcāmahaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ etasmā paṭissavā’’ti. ‘‘Mayāpi kho tvaṃ, nanda , cetasā ceto paricca vidito – ‘nando āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatī’ti. Devatāpi me etamatthaṃ ārocesi – ‘āyasmā, bhante, nando bhagavato bhātā mātucchāputto āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatī’ti. Yadeva kho te, nanda, anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ, athāhaṃ mutto etasmā paṭissavā’’ti.
231那时,世尊了知此义,在那个时刻,发出这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
232“那已渡过泥沼,
‘‘Yassa nittiṇṇo paṅko,
233已碾碎欲刺的人;
Maddito kāmakaṇṭako;
234他已经达到痴迷的灭尽,
Mohakkhayaṃ anuppatto,
235这个比丘在苦与乐中不动摇。”第二经。
Sukhadukkhesu na vedhatī sa bhikkhū’’ti. dutiyaṃ;
2363. 亚索迦经
3. Yasojasuttaṃ
23如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。那时,有众多比丘在吃过饭后,从托钵回来,聚集坐在迦利蕊花圆堂里,生起了这样一番话题——
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantānaṃ karerimaṇḍalamāḷe sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ ayamantarākathā udapādi –
238于是,世尊对具寿阿难说:“阿难啊,这些大声吵嚷的是些什么人?我看他们就像渔夫在抢鱼时一样闹哄哄的。” “尊者啊,这是以亚索贾为首的约五百位比丘来到了舍卫城,想要拜见世尊。这些远道而来的客比丘,和住在此处的比丘们相互问候、安排住处、收拾衣钵时,弄出了很大的吵闹声。” “那么,阿难,你以我的名义去告诉那些比丘:‘大师召唤尊者们。’”
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ke panete, ānanda, uccāsaddā mahāsaddā kevaṭṭā maññe macchavilope’’ti? ‘‘Etāni, bhante, yasojappamukhāni pañcamattāni bhikkhusatāni sāvatthiṃ anuppattāni bhagavantaṃ dassanāya. Tete āgantukā bhikkhū nevāsikehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ paṭisammodamānā senāsanāni paññāpayamānā pattacīvarāni paṭisāmayamānā uccāsaddā mahāsaddā’’ti. ‘‘Tenahānanda, mama vacanena te bhikkhū āmantehi – ‘satthā āyasmante āmantetī’’’ti.
239“好的,尊者。”具寿阿难回应了世尊后,就去找那些比丘。到了之后,对那些比丘说:“大师召唤尊者们。” “好的,贤友。”那些比丘回应了具寿阿难后,就去见世尊。到了之后,向世尊行礼,然后坐在一旁。当那些比丘在一边坐好后,世尊对他们说道:
‘‘Evaṃ , bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā yena te bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami ; upasaṅkamitvā te bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘satthā āyasmante āmantetī’’ti. ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato ānandassa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu ; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinne kho te bhikkhū bhagavā etadavoca –
240“比丘们,你们为什么这样大声吵嚷?我看你们就像渔夫在抢鱼时一样闹哄哄的。” 听了这话,具寿亚索贾对世尊说:“尊者啊,这约五百位比丘来到了舍卫城,想要拜见世尊。这些远道而来的客比丘,和住在此处的比丘们相互问候、安排住处、收拾衣钵,所以弄出了很大的吵闹声。” “走吧,比丘们,我驱摈你们。你们不应该待在我的身边。”
‘‘Kiṃ nu tumhe, bhikkhave, uccāsaddā mahāsaddā, kevaṭṭā maññe macchavilope’’ti? Evaṃ vutte, āyasmā yasojo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘imāni, bhante, pañcamattāni bhikkhusatāni sāvatthiṃ anuppattāni bhagavantaṃ dassanāya. Teme āgantukā bhikkhū nevāsikehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ paṭisammodamānā senāsanāni paññāpayamānā pattacīvarāni paṭisāmayamānā uccāsaddā mahāsaddā’’ti. ‘‘Gacchatha, bhikkhave, paṇāmemi vo ; na vo mama santike vatthabba’’nti.
241“好的,尊者。”那些比丘回答世尊后,从座位起身,向世尊行礼,右绕之后,收拾了坐卧处,拿着衣钵,往跋耆人的地方去游历了。他们在跋耆境内一路游历,渐渐来到了婆耆牟达河边。到了之后,就在婆耆牟达河岸边搭起草棚,入雨安居了。
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena vajjī tena cārikaṃ pakkamiṃsu. Vajjīsu anupubbena cārikaṃ caramānā yena vaggumudā nadī tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā vaggumudāya nadiyā tīre paṇṇakuṭiyo karitvā vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu.
242那时,雨安居中的亚索迦尊者对比丘们说:“各位贤友,世尊是为了我们的利益、为了我们的福祉,出于慈悯才把我们送走的。来吧,各位贤友,就让我们这样安住——让我们的这种安住方式,能让世尊感到满意。”那些比丘回答亚索迦尊者说:“好的,贤友。”于是,那些比丘就独处、不放逸、精勤、坚定地安住修行,就在那个雨安居期间,全都亲证了三明。
Atha kho āyasmā yasojo vassūpagato bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhagavatā mayaṃ, āvuso, paṇāmitā atthakāmena hitesinā, anukampakena anukampaṃ upādāya. Handa mayaṃ, āvuso, tathā vihāraṃ kappema yathā no viharataṃ bhagavā attamano assā’’ti. ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato yasojassa paccassosuṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū vūpakaṭṭhā appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharantā tenevantaravassena sabbeva tisso vijjā sacchākaṃsu.
243那时,世尊在沙瓦提城随宜住了一段时间后,就往韦沙离的方向游历去了。一路渐次游历,就到了韦沙离。当时,世尊就住在韦沙离的大林重阁讲堂。
Atha kho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena vesālī tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena vesālī tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ.
244那时,世尊以心感知婆耆牟达河边那些比丘的心,思惟之后,对阿难尊者说:“阿难,这个方向对我来说好像有了光亮似的;阿难,这个方向对我来说好像有了光明似的——婆耆牟达河边的那些比丘正住在这个方向上。我心里一点都不排斥去那个方向看看。阿难,你派个信使到婆耆牟达河边那些比丘那里去,就说:‘大师召请诸位尊者,大师想见各位尊者。’”
Atha kho bhagavā vaggumudātīriyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cetasā ceto paricca manasi karitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ālokajātā viya me, ānanda, esā disā, obhāsajātā viya me, ānanda, esā disā; yassaṃ disāyaṃ vaggumudātīriyā bhikkhū viharanti. Gantuṃ appaṭikūlāsi me manasi kātuṃ. Pahiṇeyyāsi tvaṃ, ānanda, vaggumudātīriyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ – ‘satthā āyasmante āmanteti, satthā āyasmantānaṃ dassanakāmo’’’ti.
245“好的,尊者。”阿难尊者回答世尊后,就去到一位比丘那里。到了之后,对那位比丘说:“贤友,来吧,你到婆耆牟达河边那些比丘那儿去。去了之后,对婆耆牟达河边的比丘们这样说:‘大师召请诸位尊者,大师想见各位尊者。’”
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā yena aññataro bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, āvuso, yena vaggumudātīriyā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā vaggumudātīriye bhikkhū evaṃ vadehi – ‘satthā āyasmante āmanteti, satthā āyasmantānaṃ dassanakāmo’’’ti.
246“好的,贤友。”那位比丘回答阿难尊者后——就像一个强壮有力的人,把屈着的手臂伸直,或者把伸直的手臂屈起来那样快——从大林重阁讲堂消失,一下子就出现在婆耆牟达河边那些比丘的面前。然后,那位比丘对婆耆牟达河边的比丘们说:“大师召请诸位尊者,大师想见各位尊者。”
‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti kho so bhikkhu āyasmato ānandassa paṭissutvā – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva – mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ antarahito vaggumudāya nadiyā tīre tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ purato pāturahosi. Atha kho so bhikkhu vaggumudātīriye bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘satthā āyasmante āmanteti, satthā āyasmantānaṃ dassanakāmo’’ti.
247“好的,贤友。”那些比丘这样回应那位比丘后,收拾好住处,拿了衣钵——就像一位大力士把弯着的手臂伸直,或把伸直的手臂弯起那样快——他们从瓦谷穆达河边消失,出现在大林重阁讲堂世尊的面前。那时,世尊正安住于不动定中。于是,那些比丘心想:“世尊现在安住在哪种禅定中呢?”接着,那些比丘明白了:“世尊现在就安住在不动定中。”他们便全都以不动定坐着。
‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti kho te bhikkhū tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaramādāya – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva – vaggumudāya nadiyā tīre antarahitā mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ bhagavato sammukhe pāturahesuṃ. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā āneñjena samādhinā nisinno hoti. Atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘katamena nu kho bhagavā vihārena etarahi viharatī’’ti? Atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘āneñjena kho bhagavā vihārena etarahi viharatī’’ti. Sabbeva āneñjasamādhinā nisīdiṃsu.
248那时,具寿阿难在夜深之时——初夜已过——从座位上起身,将上衣搭在一肩,面向世尊合掌,对世尊说:“尊者,夜已深了,初夜已过,比丘僧团已坐了很久。尊者,请世尊为比丘们诵巴帝摩卡。”世尊听了这话,沉默不语。
Atha kho āyasmā ānando abhikkantāya rattiyā, nikkhante paṭhame yāme, uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantā, bhante, ratti; nikkhanto paṭhamo yāmo; ciranisinno bhikkhusaṅgho; uddisatu, bhante, bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ pātimokkha’’nti. Evaṃ vutte, bhagavā tuṇhī ahosi.
249第二次,具寿阿难在夜深之时——中夜已过——从座位上起身,将上衣搭在一肩,面向世尊合掌,对世尊说:“尊者,夜已深了,中夜已过,比丘僧团已坐了很久。尊者,请世尊为比丘们诵巴帝摩卡。”世尊听了这话,第二次也沉默不语。
Dutiyampi kho āyasmā ānando abhikkantāya rattiyā, nikkhante majjhime yāme, uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantā, bhante, ratti; nikkhanto majjhimo yāmo; ciranisinno bhikkhusaṅgho; uddisatu, bhante, bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ pātimokkha’’nti. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā tuṇhī ahosi.
250第三次,具寿阿难在夜深之时——后夜已过,破晓时分,天色渐亮之际——从座位上起身,将上衣搭在一肩,面向世尊合掌,对世尊说:“尊者,夜已深了,后夜已过,天色破晓,夜晚已到尽头,比丘僧团已坐了很久。尊者,请世尊为比丘们诵巴帝摩卡。”“阿难,这个集会是不清净的。”世尊说。
Tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando abhikkantāya rattiyā, nikkhante pacchime yāme, uddhaste aruṇe, nandimukhiyā rattiyā uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantā, bhante, ratti; nikkhanto pacchimo yāmo; uddhasto aruṇo; nandimukhī ratti; ciranisinno bhikkhusaṅgho; uddisatu, bhante, bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ pātimokkha’’nti. ‘‘Aparisuddhā, ānanda, parisā’’ti.
251那时,世尊从那个定中出来,对具寿阿难说:“阿难,如果你能明白的话,你连一次也不会对我说。阿难,我和这五百位比丘,全都以不动定坐着。”
Atha kho bhagavā tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘sace kho tvaṃ, ānanda, jāneyyāsi ettakampi te nappaṭibhāseyya . Ahañca, ānanda, imāni ca pañca bhikkhusatāni sabbeva āneñjasamādhinā nisīdimhā’’ti.
252那时,世尊知道这件事的意义后,就在那个时刻,发出了以下的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
253他已战胜那欲的荆棘,
‘‘Yassa jito kāmakaṇṭako,
254讥毁、棒打与捆缚;
Akkoso ca vadho ca bandhanañca;
255他如大山般稳固,不动不摇,
Pabbatova so ṭhito anejo,
256于乐与苦中毫无颤栗——这样的比丘。第三。
Sukhadukkhesu na vedhatī sa bhikkhū’’ti. tatiyaṃ;
2574. 舍利弗经
4. Sāriputtasuttaṃ
24如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园。那时,宾头卢·婆罗堕阇阇尊者在不远处结跏趺坐,身体挺直,他是住森林者、乞食者、穿粪扫衣者、持三衣者,少欲,知足,远离独处,不混杂于众,精进努力,倡导头陀行,专注于增上心。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā piṇḍolabhāradvājo bhagavato avidūre nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya āraññiko piṇḍapātiko paṃsukūliko tecīvariko appiccho santuṭṭho pavivitto asaṃsaṭṭho āraddhavīriyo dhutavādo adhicittamanuyutto.
259那时,世尊知道这件事的意义后,在那个时刻发出了这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
260就如同岩石山,稳固不动摇,安立得好好的;
‘‘Yathāpi pabbato selo, acalo suppatiṭṭhito;
261如此,比丘因痴尽而不再动摇,就像那座山一样。第四品。
Evaṃ mohakkhayā bhikkhu, pabbatova na vedhatī’’ti. catutthaṃ;
2625. 大目犍连经
5. Mahāmoggallānasuttaṃ
25如是我闻:一次,世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林的给孤独园。那时,有一群小孩在沙瓦提城和揭德林之间,用棍子打一条蛇。世尊在午前穿好下衣,拿着钵和衣,进入沙瓦提城托钵。他看见那群小孩正在沙瓦提城和揭德林之间用棍子打蛇。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā kumārakā antarā ca sāvatthiṃ antarā ca jetavanaṃ ahiṃ daṇḍena hananti. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Addasā kho bhagavā sambahule kumārake antarā ca sāvatthiṃ antarā ca jetavanaṃ ahiṃ daṇḍena hanante .
264那时,世尊明白了这件事,就在那时说出了这首感兴偈:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
265“正念系于身体,妥善地安立着,
‘‘Sati kāyagatā upaṭṭhitā,
266在六种接触的基地上防护着;
Chasu phassāyatanesu saṃvuto;
267持续入定的比丘会知道自己的涅槃。第五段。
Satataṃ bhikkhu samāhito,
268当自知涅槃。」此第五。
Jaññā nibbānamattano’’ti. pañcamaṃ;
2696. 毕陵达瓦差经
6. Pilindavacchasuttaṃ
26如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在王舍城竹林里的松鼠喂食处。那时,具寿比林达瓦差用低劣的称呼对待其他比丘。于是,一些比丘去世尊那里。到了之后,向世尊礼敬,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的比丘们对世尊这样说:'大德,具寿比林达瓦差用低劣的称呼对待比丘们。'
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā pilindavaccho bhikkhū vasalavādena samudācarati. Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘āyasmā, bhante, pilindavaccho bhikkhū vasalavādena samudācaratī’’ti.
271具寿比林达瓦差回答那位比丘:'好的,法友。'然后就去世尊那里。到了之后,向世尊礼敬,坐在一旁。世尊对坐在一旁的具寿比林达瓦差这样说:'瓦差,你真的用低劣的称呼对待比丘们吗?''是的,大德。'
Atha kho bhagavā aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, bhikkhu, mama vacanena pilindavacchaṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantehi – ‘satthā taṃ, āvuso pilindavaccha , āmantetī’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā pilindavaccho tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ pilindavacchaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘satthā taṃ, āvuso pilindavaccha, āmantetī’’ti.
272于是,世尊作意念了具寿比林达瓦差的往世之后,告诉比丘们:'比丘们,你们不要责怪瓦差比丘。比丘们,瓦差不是出于内心有瞋恨才用低劣的称呼对待比丘们。比丘们,瓦差比丘连续五百世都只生在婆罗门家庭。他使用那个低劣的称呼是很久以来养成的习惯。所以,这个瓦差会用低劣的称呼对待比丘们。'
‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti kho āyasmā pilindavaccho tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ pilindavacchaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, vaccha, bhikkhū vasalavādena samudācarasī’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti.
273那时,世尊作意具寿毕林达瓦差的宿住,告诉比丘们:「比丘们,不要对瓦差比丘生厌。比丘们,瓦差不是内心有瞋而以『贱民』之说对比丘。比丘们,瓦差比丘有五百世毫无间断生于婆罗门家。他的那『贱民』之说长时串习。因此,瓦差以『贱民』之说对比丘。」
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmato pilindavacchassa pubbenivāsaṃ manasi karitvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘mā kho tumhe, bhikkhave, vacchassa bhikkhuno ujjhāyittha. Na, bhikkhave, vaccho dosantaro bhikkhū vasalavādena samudācarati. Vacchassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pañca jātisatāni abbokiṇṇāni brāhmaṇakule paccājātāni. So tassa vasalavādo dīgharattaṃ samudāciṇṇo . Tenāyaṃ vaccho bhikkhū vasalavādena samudācaratī’’ti.
274不责骂,不伤害,在巴帝摩卡上有所节制;
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
275“其中没有虚伪,也没有傲慢,
‘‘Yamhī na māyā vasatī na māno,
276他离了贪,不执为我,无所期盼;
Yo vītalobho amamo nirāso;
277已经舍弃了愤怒,内心完全寂灭,
Panuṇṇakodho abhinibbutatto,
278他才是真正的婆罗门,真正的沙门,真正的比丘。”第六经。
So brāhmaṇo so samaṇo sa bhikkhū’’ti. chaṭṭhaṃ;
2797. 帝释天伍达那经
7. Sakkudānasuttaṃ
27如是我闻:一时,世尊住在王舍城的竹林迦兰陀园。那时,具寿大迦叶住在毕钵离洞,结跏趺坐入于一种定,整整七天。七天过后,具寿大迦叶从那种定中出来。出定之后,具寿大迦叶心想:“我这就进王舍城去托钵吧。”
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahākassapo pippaliguhāyaṃ viharati, sattāhaṃ ekapallaṅkena nisinno hoti aññataraṃ samādhiṃ samāpajjitvā. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo tassa sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhāsi. Atha kho āyasmato mahākassapassa tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhitassa etadahosi – ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ rājagahaṃ piṇḍāya paviseyya’’nti.
281那时,大约有五百位天众正忙着为大迦叶尊者张罗托钵的食物。但大迦叶尊者谢绝了那五百位天众,在上午穿好下衣,拿着衣钵,进入王舍城托钵乞食。
Tena kho pana samayena pañcamattāni devatāsatāni ussukkaṃ āpannāni honti āyasmato mahākassapassa piṇḍapātapaṭilābhāya. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo tāni pañcamattāni devatāsatāni paṭikkhipitvā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi.
282那时,天帝释很想亲自供养大迦叶尊者食物。他化身为纺织工的模样,正在织布,而他的妻子——阿修罗公主须阇,则在为他缠绕纺梭。大迦叶尊者在王舍城挨家挨户地托钵,正好走到了天帝释的住处。天帝释远远地看见大迦叶尊者走来,便从屋里出来迎接,走上前去,从尊者手中接过钵,回到屋里,从锅里盛出饭来,装满了钵,递给大迦叶尊者。那份食物有许多种类的汤、许多种类的菜,还有许多种类的酱汁和调味,是极为丰盛的一餐。那时,大迦叶尊者心里想:“这个有如此大神通力的众生是谁呢?”接着,他马上明白了:“这一定是天帝释。”知道这点后,他对天帝释说:“憍尸迦,这事是你做的吧!以后别再这样做了。”天帝释回答:“大迦叶尊者,我们也需要福德啊,我们也有该靠福德去完成的事。”
Tena kho pana samayena sakko devānamindo āyasmato mahākassapassa piṇḍapātaṃ dātukāmo hoti. Pesakāravaṇṇaṃ abhinimminitvā tantaṃ vināti. Sujā asurakaññā tasaraṃ pūreti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo rājagahe sapadānaṃ piṇḍāya caramāno yena sakkassa devānamindassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami. Addasā kho sakko devānamindo āyasmantaṃ mahākassapaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ. Disvāna gharā nikkhamitvā paccugantvā hatthato pattaṃ gahetvā gharaṃ pavisitvā ghaṭiyā odanaṃ uddharitvā pattaṃ pūretvā āyasmato mahākassapassa adāsi. So ahosi piṇḍapāto anekasūpo anekabyañjano anekarasabyañjano . Atha kho āyasmato mahākassapassa etadahosi – ‘‘ko nu kho ayaṃ satto yassāyaṃ evarūpo iddhānubhāvo’’ti ? Atha kho āyasmato mahākassapassa etadahosi – ‘‘sakko kho ayaṃ devānamindo’’ti. Iti viditvā sakkaṃ devānamindaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kataṃ kho te idaṃ, kosiya; mā punapi evarūpamakāsī’’ti. ‘‘Amhākampi, bhante kassapa, puññena attho; amhākampi puññena karaṇīya’’nti.
283然后,天帝释向大迦叶尊者行礼,右绕之后,飞升到天空中,在虚空里三次发出这样的感叹:“啊!这供养,真是最上的供养,稳稳地种在了大迦叶的福田里!啊!这供养,真是最上的供养,稳稳地种在了大迦叶的福田里!啊!这供养,真是最上的供养,稳稳地种在了大迦叶的福田里!”而世尊以他那清净、超越凡人境界的天耳,听到了天帝释飞升到虚空之中,三次发出的这句感叹。
Atha kho sakko devānamindo āyasmantaṃ mahākassapaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe tikkhattuṃ udānaṃ udānesi – ‘‘aho dānaṃ paramadānaṃ kassape suppatiṭṭhitaṃ! Aho dānaṃ paramadānaṃ kassape suppatiṭṭhitaṃ!! Aho dānaṃ paramadānaṃ kassape suppatiṭṭhita’’nti!!! Assosi kho bhagavā dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusikāya sakkassa devānamindassa vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe tikkhattuṃ udānaṃ udānentassa – ‘‘aho dānaṃ paramadānaṃ kassape suppatiṭṭhitaṃ! Aho dānaṃ paramadānaṃ kassape suppatiṭṭhitaṃ!! Aho dānaṃ paramadānaṃ kassape suppatiṭṭhita’’nti!!!
284那时,世尊知道这个意义后,当下发出这段感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
285“对于一位托钵的比丘,
‘‘Piṇḍapātikassa bhikkhuno,
286自养而不靠他人供养;
Attabharassa anaññaposino;
287诸天都钦羡这样的安稳者,
Devā pihayanti tādino,
288那寂静、恒常具念者。” 第七经。
Upasantassa sadā satīmato’’ti. sattamaṃ;
2898. 钵食者经
8. Piṇḍapātikasuttaṃ
28如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。那时,许多比丘在吃完饭后,从托钵回来,一起聚集在圆堂里,生起了这样的谈论:‘贤友们,谁懂得技艺?谁学了什么技艺?哪种技艺才是所有技艺中最高的?’
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantānaṃ maṇḍalamāḷe sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ ayamantarākathā udapādi – ‘‘ko nu kho, āvuso, sippaṃ jānāti? Ko kiṃ sippaṃ sikkhi? Kataraṃ sippaṃ sippānaṃ agga’’nti?
291“朋友们,一位托钵的比丘,在托钵乞食时,时不时能有机会用眼睛看到令人愉悦的景象,能有机会用耳朵听到令人愉悦的声音,能有机会用鼻子闻到令人愉悦的气味,能有机会用舌头尝到令人愉悦的味道,能有机会用身体接触到令人愉悦的触感。朋友们,托钵的比丘会受到恭敬、尊重、尊崇、敬奉、礼敬地去乞食。来吧,朋友们,我们也做托钵乞食者吧。我们也将会时不时有机会用眼睛看到令人愉悦的景象……(中略)……用身体接触到令人愉悦的触感。我们也将受到恭敬、尊重、尊崇、敬奉、礼敬地去乞食。’尊者,这就是我们被打断的闲谈,那时世尊就到了。”
‘Piṇḍapātiko, āvuso, bhikkhu piṇḍāya caranto labhati kālena kālaṃ manāpike cakkhunā rūpe passituṃ, labhati kālena kālaṃ manāpike sotena sadde sotuṃ, labhati kālena kālaṃ manāpike ghānena gandhe ghāyituṃ, labhati kālena kālaṃ manāpike jivhāya rase sāyituṃ, labhati kālena kālaṃ manāpike kāyena phoṭṭhabbe phusituṃ. Piṇḍapātiko, āvuso, bhikkhu sakkato garukato mānito pūjito apacito piṇḍāya carati. Handāvuso, mayampi piṇḍapātikā homa. Mayampi lacchāma kālena kālaṃ manāpike cakkhunā rūpe passituṃ…pe… kāyena phoṭṭhabbe phusituṃ. Mayampi sakkatā garukatā mānitā pūjitā apacitā piṇḍāya carissāmā’ti. Ayaṃ kho no, bhante, antarākathā vippakatā, atha bhagavā anuppatto’’ti.
292那时,世尊在傍晚时分从独处禅坐中起来,前往圆堂。到了之后,在铺设好的座位上坐下。世尊坐下后,对比丘们说:‘比丘们,你们现在聚在一起在谈论什么?你们被打断的谈论是什么?’
Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena maṇḍalamāḷo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘kāya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kathāya sannisinnā, kā ca pana vo antarākathā vippakatā’’ti?
293“尊者,我们午饭后托钵回来,聚到集会厅坐着时,心里浮起这样一段议论:‘朋友们,摩揭陀王斯尼耶·比姆比萨勒和果萨罗王巴谢那地这两位国王,谁更富有、谁更财多、谁更库藏丰足、谁更疆域广、谁更车乘多、谁更兵强、谁更威势大、谁更影响力深?’尊者,我们这场议论还没结束,世尊就到了。”
‘‘Idha, bhante, amhākaṃ pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantānaṃ upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ ayamantarākathā udapādi – ‘ko nu kho, āvuso, imesaṃ dvinnaṃ rājūnaṃ mahaddhanataro vā mahābhogataro vā mahākosataro vā mahāvijitataro vā mahāvāhanataro vā mahabbalataro vā mahiddhikataro vā mahānubhāvataro vā rājā vā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro, rājā vā pasenadi kosalo’ti? Ayaṃ kho no, bhante, antarākathā vippakatā, atha bhagavā anuppatto’’ti.
294“贤友啊,一位托钵比丘在乞食时,能时不时地看见令人愉悦的眼所识的色,能时不时地听到令人愉悦的耳所识的声,能时不时地闻到令人愉悦的鼻所识的香,能时不时地尝到令人愉悦的舌所识的味,能时不时地触到令人愉悦的身所识的触。贤友啊,托钵比丘受恭敬、受尊重、受推崇、受供养、受礼敬而乞食。来吧,贤友们,我们也做托钵比丘吧。我们也能时不时地看见令人愉悦的眼所识的色,我们也能时不时地听到令人愉悦的耳所识的声,我们也能时不时地闻到令人愉悦的鼻所识的香,我们也能时不时地尝到令人愉悦的舌所识的味,我们也能时不时地触到令人愉悦的身所识的触;我们也会受恭敬、受尊重、受推崇、受供养、受礼敬而行乞食。”当时,这就是那些比丘间进行到一半的话题。
‘‘Piṇḍapātiko, āvuso, bhikkhu piṇḍāya caranto labhati kālena kālaṃ manāpike cakkhunā rūpe passituṃ, labhati kālena kālaṃ manāpike sotena sadde sotuṃ, labhati kālena kālaṃ manāpike ghānena gandhe ghāyituṃ, labhati kālena kālaṃ manāpike jivhāya rase sāyituṃ, labhati kālena kālaṃ manāpike kāyena phoṭṭhabbe phusituṃ. Piṇḍapātiko, āvuso, bhikkhu sakkato garukato mānito pūjito apacito piṇḍāya carati. Handāvuso, mayampi piṇḍapātikā homa. Mayampi lacchāma kālena kālaṃ manāpike cakkhunā rūpe passituṃ, mayampi lacchāma kālena kālaṃ manāpike sotena sadde sotuṃ, mayampi lacchāma kālena kālaṃ manāpike ghānena gandhe ghāyituṃ, mayampi lacchāma kālena kālaṃ manāpike jivhāya rase sāyituṃ, mayampi lacchāma kālena kālaṃ manāpike kāyena phoṭṭhabbe phusituṃ; mayampi sakkatā garukatā mānitā pūjitā apacitā piṇḍāya carissāmā’’ti. Ayañcarahi tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ antarākathā hoti vippakatā.
295各位比丘,这不是你们的正当所为——你们这些良家子弟本着信心,从在家而出家、过着无家生活的人,居然讲起这种话来。比丘们,当你们聚集在一起时,有两件事该做:要么进行法语交流,要么保持圣默然。
‘‘Na khvetaṃ, bhikkhave, tumhākaṃ patirūpaṃ kulaputtānaṃ saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitānaṃ yaṃ tumhe evarūpiṃ kathaṃ katheyyātha. Sannipatitānaṃ vo, bhikkhave, dvayaṃ karaṇīyaṃ – dhammī vā kathā ariyo vā tuṇhībhāvo’’ti.
296那时,世尊了解了这件事的意义,在这个时刻发出了这则感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
297那位托钵为食的比丘,
‘‘Piṇḍapātikassa bhikkhuno,
298自食其力,不靠他人供养;
Attabharassa anaññaposino;
299天神们敬慕那如如不动者,
Devā pihayanti tādino,
300'不依赖名声和赞叹。' 第八经。
No ce saddasilokanissito’’ti. aṭṭhamaṃ;
3019. 技艺经
9. Sippasuttaṃ
29如是我闻:一时,世尊住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园。那时,许多比丘在吃过饭、托钵回来后,聚集坐在斋堂里,生起了这样的谈论:“贤友们,这二位国王——摩揭陀王频婆娑罗和拘萨罗王波斯匿——到底谁更富有、更富裕、国库更充实、疆域更广、车乘更多、兵力更强、威力更大、权势更盛呢?”当时,比丘们的这番谈论还没结束。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantānaṃ upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ ayamantarākathā udapādi – ‘‘ko nu kho, āvuso, imesaṃ dvinnaṃ rājūnaṃ mahaddhanataro vā mahābhogataro vā mahākosataro vā mahāvijitataro vā mahāvāhanataro vā mahabbalataro vā mahiddhikataro vā mahānubhāvataro vā rājā vā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro, rājā vā pasenadi kosalo’’ti? Ayañcarahi tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ antarākathā hoti vippakatā.
303他们当中有人这样说:‘象的技艺是技艺中最高的。’有人这样说:‘马的技艺是技艺中最高的。’有人这样说:‘车的技艺是技艺中最高的。’有人这样说:‘弓的技艺是技艺中最高的。’有人这样说:‘剑的技艺是技艺中最高的。’有人这样说:‘印章的技艺是技艺中最高的。’有人这样说:‘算术的技艺是技艺中最高的。’有人这样说:‘计算的技艺是技艺中最高的。’有人这样说:‘书写的技艺是技艺中最高的。’有人这样说:‘诗歌的技艺是技艺中最高的。’有人这样说:‘顺世论的技艺是技艺中最高的。’有人这样说:‘治国术的技艺是技艺中最高的。’这就是那些比丘中间还没有结束的谈论。
Tatthekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘hatthisippaṃ sippānaṃ agga’’nti. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘assasippaṃ sippānaṃ agga’’nti. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘rathasippaṃ sippānaṃ agga’’nti. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘dhanusippaṃ sippānaṃ agga’’nti. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘tharusippaṃ sippānaṃ agga’’nti. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘muddāsippaṃ sippānaṃ agga’’nti. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘gaṇanāsippaṃ sippānaṃ agga’’nti. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘saṅkhānasippaṃ sippānaṃ agga’’nti. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘lekhāsippaṃ sippānaṃ agga’’nti. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kāveyyasippaṃ sippānaṃ agga’’nti. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘lokāyatasippaṃ sippānaṃ agga’’nti. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘khattavijjāsippaṃ sippānaṃ agga’’nti. Ayañcarahi tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ antarākathā hoti vippakatā.
304那时,世尊在傍晚从独处禅坐中出定,来到斋堂,在铺设好的座位上坐下。坐定后,世尊问比丘们:“比丘们,你们现在聚在一起谈论什么?你们没谈完的话题是什么?”
Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘kāya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kathāya sannisinnā sannipatitā, kā ca pana vo antarākathā vippakatā’’ti?
305‘尊者,我们吃完饭后,从托钵回来,聚在圆堂里,生起了这样的谈论:“贤友们,谁懂得技艺?谁学了什么技艺?哪种技艺是技艺中最高的?”’
‘‘Idha, bhante, amhākaṃ pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantānaṃ maṇḍalamāḷe sannisinnānaṃ ayamantarākathā udapādi – ‘ko nu kho, āvuso, sippaṃ jānāti? Ko kiṃ sippaṃ sikkhi? Kataraṃ sippaṃ sippānaṃ agga’nti?
306‘他们当中有人这样说:“象的技艺是技艺中最高的。”有人这样说:“马的技艺是技艺中最高的。”有人这样说:“车的技艺是技艺中最高的。”有人这样说:“弓的技艺是技艺中最高的。”有人这样说:“剑的技艺是技艺中最高的。”有人这样说:“印章的技艺是技艺中最高的。”有人这样说:“算术的技艺是技艺中最高的。”有人这样说:“计算的技艺是技艺中最高的。”有人这样说:“书写的技艺是技艺中最高的。”有人这样说:“诗歌的技艺是技艺中最高的。”有人这样说:“顺世论的技艺是技艺中最高的。”有人这样说:“治国术的技艺是技艺中最高的。”尊者,这就是我们之前被打断的谈论,正在这时,世尊您来了。’
‘‘Tatthekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘hatthisippaṃ sippānaṃ agga’nti. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘assasippaṃ sippānaṃ agga’nti; ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘rathasippaṃ sippānaṃ agga’nti; ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘dhanusippaṃ sippānaṃ agga’nti; ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘tharusippaṃ sippānaṃ agga’nti, ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘muddāsippaṃ sippānaṃ agga’nti ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘gaṇanāsippaṃ sippānaṃ agga’nti; ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘saṅkhānasippaṃ sippānaṃ agga’nti; ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘lekhāsippaṃ sippānaṃ agga’nti; ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘kāveyyasippaṃ sippānaṃ agga’nti; ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘lokāyatasippaṃ sippānaṃ agga’nti; ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘khattavijjāsippaṃ sippānaṃ agga’nti. Ayaṃ kho no, bhante, antarākathā hoti vippakatā, atha bhagavā anuppatto’’ti.
307“比丘们,这不适合你们。你们是出于信心,从在家走向无家而出家的善男子,不该谈论这类话题。比丘们,你们聚在一起时,有两件事该做:法谈,或圣默然。”
‘‘Na khvetaṃ, bhikkhave, tumhākaṃ patirūpaṃ kulaputtānaṃ saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitānaṃ yaṃ tumhe evarūpiṃ kathaṃ katheyyātha. Sannipatitānaṃ vo, bhikkhave, dvayaṃ karaṇīyaṃ – dhammī vā kathā ariyo vā tuṇhībhāvo’’ti.
308那时,世尊明白了这件事的意义,就在那个时刻,有感而发地说出了以下的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
309不以刀剑为活,却锐利地渴求真义,
‘‘Asippajīvī lahu atthakāmo,
310调伏诸根,于一切处全然解脱;
Yatindriyo sabbadhi vippamutto;
311无家而住,无有所执,无有期盼,
Anokasārī amamo nirāso,
312弃舍慢心,独行于世——这才叫比丘。第九经。
Hitvā mānaṃ ekacaro sa bhikkhū’’ti. navamaṃ;
31310. 世间经
10. Lokasuttaṃ
30如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在优楼频螺的尼连禅河岸边,在菩提树下,刚刚成就了正觉。那时,世尊结跏趺坐,连续七天,体验着解脱的快乐。七天过后,世尊从那个定中出来,在夜里的初夜分,仔细地用心顺着缘起的次序作意:
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā uruvelāyaṃ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre bodhirukkhamūle paṭhamābhisambuddho. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā sattāhaṃ ekapallaṅkena nisinno hoti vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvedī . Atha kho bhagavā tassa sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā rattiyā paṭhamaṃ yāmaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ anulomaṃ sādhukaṃ manasākāsi –
315七天过后,世尊从那个定中出来,用佛眼观察世间。世尊用佛眼观察时,看见众生被各种热恼所炙烤,被各种炽燃所焚烧——有因贪欲而生的,有因瞋恚而生的,有因愚痴而生的。
Atha kho bhagavā tassa sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokesi. Addasā kho bhagavā buddhacakkhunā volokento satte anekehi santāpehi santappamāne, anekehi ca pariḷāhehi pariḍayhamāne – rāgajehipi, dosajehipi, mohajehipi .
316那时,世尊领会了这个意义,就在那个时刻发出了这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
317“这个世间深陷热恼,
‘‘Ayaṃ loko santāpajāto,
318被触所困,却把病苦说成是'自我';
Phassapareto rogaṃ vadati attato;
319不管怎么去构想,
Yena yena hi maññati ,
320然后那又变成另一个样子。
Tato taṃ hoti aññathā.
321“世间执着于存在,而存在本身就不断变化,
‘‘Aññathābhāvī bhavasatto loko,
322被存在所征服的人,就只会对存在这件事感到高兴;
Bhavapareto bhavamevābhinandati;
323他对什么感到高兴,什么就是恐惧,
Yadabhinandati taṃ bhayaṃ,
324他对什么感到害怕,什么就是苦。
Yassa bhāyati taṃ dukkhaṃ;
325然而,这梵行的生活,正是为了舍断存在而修的。”
Bhavavippahānāya kho panidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ vussati’’.
326任何沙门或婆罗门,如果宣称通过‘有’而从‘有’当中解脱,我要说,他们全都没有从‘有’当中解脱出来。任何沙门或婆罗门,如果宣称通过‘无有’而脱离‘有’,我要说,他们全都没有脱离‘有’。
‘‘‘Ye hi keci samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā bhavena bhavassa vippamokkhamāhaṃsu, sabbe te avippamuttā bhavasmā’ti vadāmi. ‘Ye vā pana keci samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā vibhavena bhavassa nissaraṇamāhaṃsu, sabbe te anissaṭā bhavasmā’ti vadāmi.
327因为依著执取,这苦才生起;当一切取灭尽,就没有苦的生起。看看这个世界吧:无明笼罩的众多众生,喜爱存在,没有解脱;种种的‘有’,无论在何处、以何种形式,所有这些‘有’都是无常、苦、变易之法。
‘‘Upadhiñhi paṭicca dukkhamidaṃ sambhoti, sabbupādānakkhayā natthi dukkhassa sambhavo. Lokamimaṃ passa; puthū avijjāya paretā bhūtā bhūtaratā aparimuttā; ye hi keci bhavā sabbadhi sabbatthatāya sabbe te bhavā aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā’’ti.
328当他以正慧如此如实看见时,
‘‘Evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ, sammappaññāya passato;
329有之渴爱便被断除,他不再欣求无有。
Bhavataṇhā pahīyati, vibhavaṃ nābhinandati.
330由于渴爱彻底灭尽,
‘‘Sabbaso taṇhānaṃ khayā,
331无余的离贪寂灭,就是涅槃。
Asesavirāganirodho nibbānaṃ;
332那位已寂灭的比丘,
Tassa nibbutassa bhikkhuno,
333无取著,不再有后有;
Anupādā punabbhavo na hoti;
334他已击败魔罗,战胜魔军,
Abhibhūto māro vijitasaṅgāmo,
335超越一切存有,成为那样安隐的圣者。” 第十经。
Upaccagā sabbabhavāni tādī’’ti. dasamaṃ;
336其摄颂:
Tassuddānaṃ –
337难德品第三完
Nandavaggo tatiyo niṭṭhito.
338其摄颂——
Tassuddānaṃ –
339业,难陀,耶输陀,舍利弗和目犍连;
Kammaṃ nando yasojo ca, sāriputto ca kolito;
340比林达·瓦差国王是乞食者,这些技艺是他们十种奴隶的低贱之术。
Pilindo kassapo piṇḍo, sippaṃ lokena te dasāti.
3414. 美基亚品
4. Meghiyavaggo
3421. 美基亚经
1. Meghiyasuttaṃ
31如是我闻:有一次,世尊在遮利迦山停留。那时,梅吉亚尊者担任世尊的侍者。于是,梅吉亚尊者去见了世尊。他去了之后,向世尊行礼,然后站在了一旁。站在一旁后,梅吉亚尊者对世尊说:“尊师,我想进入禅图村去托钵乞食。”世尊回答:“梅吉亚,现在你觉得是时候了,就去吧。”
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā cālikāyaṃ viharati cālike pabbate. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā meghiyo bhagavato upaṭṭhāko hoti. Atha kho āyasmā meghiyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho āyasmā meghiyo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘icchāmahaṃ, bhante, jantugāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisitu’’nti. ‘‘Yassadāni tvaṃ, meghiya, kālaṃ maññasī’’ti.
344于是,梅吉亚尊者在午前时分,穿好下衣,拿着衣钵,进入禅图村去托钵乞食。他在禅图村挨家挨户乞食完毕,吃完饭后,从托钵的状态中返回,去了吉弥迦拉河的岸边。当梅吉亚尊者在吉弥迦拉河岸边来回行走和随意漫步做经行时,他看到了一片令人喜爱、合意、愉悦的芒果林。看到后,他心里这样想:“这片芒果林真是令人喜爱、合意、愉悦,对于一位有志于精勤修行的善男子来说,这里真的足够作为精勤修行的地方了。如果世尊允许我,我就会到这片芒果林来精勤修行。”
Atha kho āyasmā meghiyo pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya jantugāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Jantugāme piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena kimikāḷāya nadiyā tīraṃ tenupasaṅkami. Addasā kho āyasmā meghiyo kimikāḷāya nadiyā tīre jaṅghāvihāraṃ anucaṅkamamāno anuvicaramāno ambavanaṃ pāsādikaṃ manuññaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ. Disvānassa etadahosi – ‘‘pāsādikaṃ vatidaṃ ambavanaṃ manuññaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ. Alaṃ vatidaṃ kulaputtassa padhānatthikassa padhānāya. Sace maṃ bhagavā anujāneyya, āgaccheyyāhaṃ imaṃ ambavanaṃ padhānāyā’’ti.
345于是,梅吉亚尊者去见了世尊。他去了之后,向世尊行礼,然后坐在了一旁。坐在一旁后,梅吉亚尊者对世尊说了以下的话:
Atha kho āyasmā meghiyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā meghiyo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –
346“尊师,我在午前时分,穿好下衣,拿着衣钵,进入了禅图村去托钵乞食。在禅图村挨家挨户乞食完毕,吃完饭后,从托钵的状态中返回,我去了吉弥迦拉河的岸边。尊师,当我在吉弥迦拉河岸边来回行走和随意漫步做经行时,我看到了一片令人喜爱、合意、愉悦的芒果林。看到后,我心里这样想:‘这片芒果林真是令人喜爱、合意、愉悦,对于一位有志于精勤修行的善男子来说,这里真的足够作为精勤修行的地方了。如果世尊允许我,我就会到这片芒果林来精勤修行。’所以,尊师,如果世尊允许我的话,我想去那片芒果林精勤修行。”
‘‘Idhāhaṃ, bhante, pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya jantugāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisiṃ. Jantugāme piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena kimikāḷāya nadiyā tīraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃ . Addasaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante , kimikāḷāya nadiyā tīre jaṅghāvihāraṃ anucaṅkamamāno anuvicaramāno ambavanaṃ pāsādikaṃ manuññaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ. Disvāna me etadahosi – ‘pāsādikaṃ vatidaṃ ambavanaṃ manuññaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ. Alaṃ vatidaṃ kulaputtassa padhānatthikassa padhānāya. Sace maṃ bhagavā anujāneyya, āgaccheyyāhaṃ imaṃ ambavanaṃ padhānāyā’ti. Sace maṃ, bhante, bhagavā anujānāti , gaccheyyāhaṃ taṃ ambavanaṃ padhānāyā’’ti.
347听他说完后,世尊对梅吉亚尊者说道:“梅吉亚,你先等等,我现在独自一人,还是等有别的比丘过来再说吧。”
Evaṃ vutte, bhagavā āyasmantaṃ meghiyaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘āgamehi tāva, meghiya, ekakamhi tāva, yāva aññopi koci bhikkhu āgacchatī’’ti.
348弥醯尊者第二次对世尊这样说:'世尊对于我来说,已经没有什么更需要做的了,对于已经做到的,也没什么需要再积累的。可是我,尊者,还有需要继续做的事情,还有需要积累的功行。如果世尊允许的话,我想去那片芒果林好好精进用功。'世尊第二次这样告诉弥醯尊者:'先等等吧,弥醯,就我们两个人,暂时先这样,等到有其他比丘来了再说。'
Dutiyampi kho āyasmā meghiyo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘bhagavato, bhante, natthi kiñci uttari karaṇīyaṃ, natthi katassa vā paticayo. Mayhaṃ kho pana, bhante, atthi uttari karaṇīyaṃ, atthi katassa paticayo. Sace maṃ bhagavā anujānāti, gaccheyyāhaṃ taṃ ambavanaṃ padhānāyā’’ti. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ meghiyaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘āgamehi tāva, meghiya, ekakamhi tāva, yāva aññopi koci bhikkhu āgacchatī’’ti.
349弥醯尊者第三次对世尊这样说:'世尊对于我来说,已经没有什么更需要做的了,对于已经做到的,也没什么需要再积累的。可是我,尊者,还有需要继续做的事情,还有需要积累的功行。如果世尊允许的话,我想去那片芒果林好好精进用功。''你口口声声说精进,我们还能说什么呢?弥醯,现在你觉得时候到了,就去做吧。'
Tatiyampi kho āyasmā meghiyo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘bhagavato, bhante, natthi kiñci uttari karaṇīyaṃ, natthi katassa vā paticayo. Mayhaṃ kho pana, bhante, atthi uttari karaṇīyaṃ, atthi katassa paticayo. Sace maṃ bhagavā anujānāti, gaccheyyāhaṃ taṃ ambavanaṃ padhānāyā’’ti. ‘‘Padhānanti kho, meghiya, vadamānaṃ kinti vadeyyāma? Yassadāni tvaṃ, meghiya, kālaṃ maññasī’’ti.
350于是弥醯尊者从座位起身,向世尊顶礼,右绕三匝,然后朝那片芒果林走去;到了那里,他走进芒果林,在一棵树下找了个地方,坐下来度过白天。就在弥醯尊者待在芒果林的那段时间,他的心大多数时候都被三种恶不善的念头缠绕着,也就是:贪欲的念头、嗔恚的念头、想要伤害人的念头。
Atha kho āyasmā meghiyo uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena taṃ ambavanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ ambavanaṃ ajjhogāhetvā aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi. Atha kho āyasmato meghiyassa tasmiṃ ambavane viharantassa yebhuyyena tayo pāpakā akusalā vitakkā samudācaranti, seyyathidaṃ – kāmavitakko, byāpādavitakko, vihiṃsāvitakko .
351那时弥醯尊者心里生起了这样的想法:'真是不可思议啊,真是令人惊叹啊!我们明明是出于信心的缘故,才从家里出家,过起了无家的生活。可是怎么现在还会被这三种恶不善的念头追着跑呢,也就是:贪欲的念头、嗔恚的念头、想要伤害人的念头。'
Atha kho āyasmato meghiyassa etadahosi – ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho! Saddhāya ca vatamhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitā. Atha ca panimehi tīhi pāpakehi akusalehi vitakkehi anvāsattā, seyyathidaṃ – kāmavitakkena, byāpādavitakkena, vihiṃsāvitakkena’’.
352到了傍晚,弥醯尊者从独自禅修中起身,来到世尊那里;到了之后,向世尊顶礼,然后坐在一边。坐在一边的弥醯尊者对世尊这样说:'尊者,我刚才待在芒果林的时候,心大多数时候都被三种恶不善的念头缠绕着,也就是:贪欲的念头、嗔恚的念头、想要伤害人的念头。尊者,那时我心里就想着:真是不可思议啊,真是令人惊叹啊!我们明明是出于信心的缘故,才从家里出家,过起了无家的生活。可是怎么现在还会被这三种恶不善的念头追着跑呢,也就是:贪欲的念头、嗔恚的念头、想要伤害人的念头。'
Atha kho āyasmā meghiyo sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā meghiyo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idha mayhaṃ, bhante, tasmiṃ ambavane viharantassa yebhuyyena tayo pāpakā akusalā vitakkā samudācaranti, seyyathidaṃ – kāmavitakko, byāpādavitakko, vihiṃsāvitakko . Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, etadahosi – ‘acchariyaṃ vata, bho, abbhutaṃ vata, bho! Saddhāya ca vatamhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitā. Atha ca panimehi tīhi pāpakehi akusalehi vitakkehi anvāsattā, seyyathidaṃ – kāmavitakkena, byāpādavitakkena, vihiṃsāvitakkena’’’.
353'弥醯,当心的解脱还不够成熟的时候,有五样法门能够帮助它走向成熟。是哪五样呢?'
‘‘Aparipakkāya , meghiya, cetovimuttiyā pañca dhammā paripākāya saṃvattanti. Katame pañca?
354弥醯,在这里,比丘有善友、有良伴、有好同修。对于尚未成熟的心解脱,这是令它成熟的第一法。
‘‘Idha, meghiya, bhikkhu kalyāṇamitto hoti kalyāṇasahāyo kalyāṇasampavaṅko. Aparipakkāya, meghiya, cetovimuttiyā ayaṃ paṭhamo dhammo paripākāya saṃvattati.
355再者,弥醯,比丘持戒,以巴帝摩卡防护而住,行处具足,在微细的罪过上也看到危险,受持学处而学习。对于尚未成熟的心解脱,这是令它成熟的第二法。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, meghiya, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno, aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. Aparipakkāya, meghiya, cetovimuttiyā ayaṃ dutiyo dhammo paripākāya saṃvattati.
356再者,弥醯,比丘对于那种能削减、能敞开内心、绝对导向厌离、离欲、灭尽、寂静、证智、正觉、涅槃的谈话——即:少欲谈、知足谈、独处谈、不交际谈、勤精进谈、戒谈、定谈、慧谈、解脱谈、解脱知见谈——对于这样的谈话,他想得就得到,不困难不费力。对于尚未成熟的心解脱,这是令它成熟的第三法。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, meghiya, bhikkhu yāyaṃ kathā abhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati, seyyathidaṃ – appicchakathā, santuṭṭhikathā, pavivekakathā, asaṃsaggakathā, vīriyārambhakathā, sīlakathā, samādhikathā, paññākathā, vimuttikathā, vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā; evarūpāya kathāya nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. Aparipākāya, meghiya, cetovimuttiyā ayaṃ tatiyo dhammo paripākāya saṃvattati.
357再者,弥醯,比丘住于勤精进,为了断除不善法,为了具足善法,有力量、坚定努力,在善法上不放下责任。对于尚未成熟的心解脱,这是令它成熟的第四法。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ , meghiya, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati, akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya , thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. Aparipakkāya, meghiya, cetovimuttiyā ayaṃ catuttho dhammo paripākāya saṃvattati.
358再者,弥醯,比丘有慧,具备那种通达生灭、圣洁、能洞穿、正确导向苦尽的智慧。对于尚未成熟的心解脱,这是令它成熟的第五法。弥醯,这五法,能令尚未成熟的心解脱得以成熟。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, meghiya, bhikkhu paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Aparipakkāya, meghiya, cetovimuttiyā ayaṃ pañcamo dhammo paripākāya saṃvattati. Aparipakkāya, meghiya, cetovimuttiyā ime pañca dhammā paripākāya saṃvattanti.
359“弥醯,一位有善友、有善同伴、与善人交往的比丘,这是可以期待的——他会乐于听闻那些能帮助去除烦恼、打开心胸,导向彻底的厌离、离贪、灭尽、寂静、证智、正觉、涅槃的谈话。也就是:少欲的谈话、知足的谈话、远离的谈话、不热衷交际的谈话、精进努力的谈话、戒的谈话、定的谈话、慧的谈话、解脱的谈话、解脱知见光明的谈话。对于这样的谈话,他将会有求必得,不必费力,不会辛苦。”
‘‘Kalyāṇamittassetaṃ , meghiya, bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṃ kalyāṇasahāyassa kalyāṇasampavaṅkassa yaṃ yāyaṃ kathā abhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati, seyyathidaṃ – appicchakathā, santuṭṭhikathā, pavivekakathā, asaṃsaggakathā, vīriyārambhakathā, sīlakathā, samādhikathā, paññākathā, vimuttikathā, vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā; evarūpāya kathāya nikāmalābhī bhavissati akicchalābhī akasiralābhī.
360弥醯,对于一个有善友、有良伴、有好同修的比丘,这是可预期的:他会持戒,以巴帝摩卡防护而住,行处具足,在微细的罪过上也看到危险,受持学处而学习。
‘‘Kalyāṇamittassetaṃ , meghiya, bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṃ kalyāṇasahāyassa kalyāṇasampavaṅkassa yaṃ sīlavā bhavissati, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharissati, ācāragocarasampanno, aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhissati sikkhāpadesu.
361“弥醯,一位有善友、有善同伴、与善人交往的比丘,这是可以期待的——他会精进地安住,为了断除不善的法,为了修习圆满善的法,他会刚强有力,坚定勇猛,在善法上不推卸责任。”
‘‘Kalyāṇamittassetaṃ, meghiya, bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṃ kalyāṇasahāyassa kalyāṇasampavaṅkassa yaṃ āraddhavīriyo viharissati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu.
362“弥醯,一位有善友、有善同伴、与善人交往的比丘,这是可以期待的——他将会具有智慧,具备那种能导向生起和坏灭的、圣者的、能穿透的、正确地导向苦的灭尽的智慧。”
‘‘Kalyāṇamittassetaṃ, meghiya, bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṃ kalyāṇasahāyassa kalyāṇasampavaṅkassa yaṃ paññavā bhavissati, udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā.
363“再说,弥醯,那位比丘在这五种法上站稳以后,还应更进一步修习四种法:为了断除贪爱,应当修习不净观;为了断除瞋恚,应当修习慈心;为了截断杂乱的念头,应当修习入出息念;为了彻底根除‘我是’的慢心,应当修习无常想。弥醯,因为一个常能感知无常的人,就能确立无我的认知;一个感知无我的人,就能彻底根除‘我是’的慢心,就在当下体验到涅槃。”
‘‘Tena ca pana, meghiya, bhikkhunā imesu pañcasu dhammesu patiṭṭhāya cattāro dhammā uttari bhāvetabbā – asubhā bhāvetabbā rāgassa pahānāya, mettā bhāvetabbā byāpādassa pahānāya, ānāpānassati bhāvetabbā vitakkupacchedāya, aniccasaññā bhāvetabbā asmimānasamugghātāya. Aniccasaññino hi, meghiya, anattasaññā saṇṭhāti, anattasaññī asmimānasamugghātaṃ pāpuṇāti diṭṭheva dhamme nibbāna’’nti.
364那时,世尊明白了这件事的含义,在那个时刻,他发出了这样的感兴语——
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
365“那些微细的念头,那些细微的念头,”
‘‘Khuddā vitakkā sukhumā vitakkā,
366追随心中的种种兴奋,
Anugatā manaso uppilāvā ;
367无明的人,对心中的这些念头,
Ete avidvā manaso vitakke,
368迷乱的心到处乱窜。
Hurā huraṃ dhāvati bhantacitto.
369而智者,对这些心中的念头,
‘‘Ete ca vidvā manaso vitakke,
370精勤具念,能加以防护;
Ātāpiyo saṃvaratī satīmā;
371面对随顺心中的兴奋,
Anugate manaso uppilāve,
372‘佛陀已彻底将它们舍断。’ 第一经。
Asesamete pajahāsi buddho’’ti. paṭhamaṃ;
3732. 掉举经
2. Uddhatasuttaṃ
32如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在拘尸那罗的末罗人娑罗林中的绕行处。那时,众多比丘在世尊不远处的一间林中小屋住着,他们浮躁、傲慢、轻率、多嘴、言语散乱,失念、不正知,心不专注,心神纷驰,六根放纵。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kusinārāyaṃ viharati upavattane mallānaṃ sālavane. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū bhagavato avidūre araññakuṭikāyaṃ viharanti uddhatā unnaḷā capalā mukharā vikiṇṇavācā muṭṭhassatino asampajānā asamāhitā vibbhantacittā pākatindriyā.
375世尊看见那些众多的比丘在不远处的林中小屋住着,浮躁、傲慢、轻率、多嘴、言语散乱,失念、不正知,心不专注,心神纷驰,六根放纵。
Addasā kho bhagavā te sambahule bhikkhū avidūre araññakuṭikāyaṃ viharante uddhate unnaḷe capale mukhare vikiṇṇavāce muṭṭhassatino asampajāne asamāhite vibbhantacitte pākatindriye.
376那时,世尊明白了这件事的含义,在那个时刻,他发出了这样的感兴语——
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
377身不防护,被邪见所害,
‘‘Arakkhitena kāyena , micchādiṭṭhihatena ca;
378被昏沉、睡眠所压服,便落入魔王的控制。
Thinamiddhā bhibhūtena, vasaṃ mārassa gacchati.
379所以要守护好你的心,正思维的领域;
以正见为先导,了知生灭的道理;
比丘克服昏沉与睡眠,就能舍离所有恶趣。”第二篇。
‘‘Tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro;
380以正见为先导,知生灭已;
Sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāro, ñatvāna udayabbayaṃ;
381制伏昏沉睡眠的比丘,舍离一切恶趣。」此第二。
Thīnamiddhābhibhū bhikkhu, sabbā duggatiyo jahe’’ti. dutiyaṃ;
3823. 牧牛者经
3. Gopālakasuttaṃ
33如是我闻:有一次,世尊与大比丘僧团一起,在拘萨罗国游化。那时,世尊离开大路,来到某一棵树下,走到树下后,在铺设的座位上坐了下来。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṃ carati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ. Atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma yena aññataraṃ rukkhamūlaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi.
384那时,某牧牛者来到世尊之处;到了之后,礼敬世尊坐于一旁。世尊对坐于一旁的那牧牛者以法语开示、劝导、激励、令欢喜。
Atha kho aññataro gopālako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami ; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho taṃ gopālakaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi.
385那时,那牧牛者被世尊以法语开示、劝导、激励、令欢喜,对世尊说:「尊者,请世尊接受我明日之食,连同比丘僧团。」世尊以默然接受。那时,那牧牛者知世尊已接受后,起座礼敬世尊,右绕后离去。
Atha kho so gopālako bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho so gopālako bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
386那位放牛人在那天夜里过后,在自己家里让人准备了大量浓稠的乳粥和新鲜的酥油,然后去向世尊禀报时间:'尊者,时间到了,饭菜已经准备好了。'于是世尊在午前时分穿好下衣,拿着钵和衣,在比丘僧团的陪同下,前往那位放牛人的家。到了之后,坐在铺设好的座位上。那位放牛人亲手用浓稠乳粥和新鲜酥油供养以佛陀为首的比丘僧团,令他们饱足满意。然后,放牛人见世尊用餐结束、手已离钵,便拿了一张较低的座位,坐在一旁。世尊对坐在一旁的放牛人用法语开示、劝勉、激励、令其欢喜后,从座位起身离去。世尊离开后不久,那个放牛人在边界地带被某个人夺去了性命。
Atha kho so gopālako tassā rattiyā accayena sake nivesane pahūtaṃ appodakapāyasaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā navañca sappiṃ bhagavato kālaṃ ārocesi – ‘‘kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena tassa gopālakassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho so gopālako buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ appodakapāyasena navena ca sappinā sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi. Atha kho so gopālako bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ aññataraṃ nīcaṃ āsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho taṃ gopālakaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Atha kho acirapakkantassa bhagavato taṃ gopālakaṃ aññataro puriso sīmantarikāya jīvitā voropesi.
387于是众多比丘来到世尊那里,到了之后礼敬世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的比丘们对世尊这样说:'尊者,今天那位亲手用浓稠乳粥和新鲜酥油供养以佛陀为首的比丘僧团、令他们饱足满意的放牛人,听说,尊者,那个放牛人在边界地带被某个人夺去了性命。'
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘yena, bhante, gopālakena ajja buddhappamukho bhikkhusaṅgho appodakapāyasena navena ca sappinā sahatthā santappito sampavārito so kira, bhante, gopālako aññatarena purisena sīmantarikāya jīvitā voropito’’ti.
388那时,世尊明白了这个道理,就在那个时刻发出了如下的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
389'无论恶人对善人做什么,或是仇人对仇人做什么,
‘‘Diso disaṃ yaṃ taṃ kayirā, verī vā pana verinaṃ;
390心念若导向邪恶,它只会让自己更糟糕。'第三经。
Micchāpaṇihitaṃ cittaṃ, pāpiyo naṃ tato kare’’ti. tatiyaṃ;
3914. 夜叉击打经
4. Yakkhapahārasuttaṃ
34如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在王舍城竹林里的松鼠喂食处。那时候,舍利弗尊者和大目犍连尊者住在鸽子山洞窟。那时候,舍利弗尊者在月光皎洁的夜晚,刚理过头发,在露天空地上坐着,进入了某种定境。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno kapotakandarāyaṃ viharanti. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā sāriputto juṇhāya rattiyā navoropitehi kesehi abbhokāse nisinno hoti aññataraṃ samādhiṃ samāpajjitvā.
393那时候,有两个夜叉伙伴因为一些事,正从北方向南方走。他们看见具寿舍利弗坐在露天处,在月光下刚刚剃过头发。其中一个夜叉看见后,对另一个夜叉说:「伙计,我想在这沙门头上打一拳。」听到这话,另一个夜叉就回答他:「算了吧,伙计,别去招惹那沙门。伙计,那位沙门很尊贵,有大神通、大威力。」
Tena kho pana samayena dve yakkhā sahāyakā uttarāya disāya dakkhiṇaṃ disaṃ gacchanti kenacideva karaṇīyena. Addasaṃsu kho te yakkhā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ juṇhāya rattiyā navoropitehi kesehi abbhokāse nisinnaṃ. Disvāna eko yakkho dutiyaṃ yakkhaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘paṭibhāti maṃ, samma, imassa samaṇassa sīse pahāraṃ dātu’’nti. Evaṃ vutte, so yakkho taṃ yakkhaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, samma, mā samaṇaṃ āsādesi. Uḷāro so, samma, samaṇo mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo’’ti.
394第二次,那个夜叉又对另一个夜叉说:「伙计,我想在这沙门头上打一拳。」另一个夜叉第二次回答他:「算了吧,伙计,别去招惹那沙门。伙计,那位沙门很尊贵,有大神通、大威力。」第三次,那个夜叉还是对另一个夜叉说:「伙计,我想在这沙门头上打一拳。」另一个夜叉第三次回答他:「算了吧,伙计,别去招惹那沙门。伙计,那位沙门很尊贵,有大神通、大威力。」
Dutiyampi kho so yakkho taṃ yakkhaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘paṭibhāti maṃ, samma, imassa samaṇassa sīse pahāraṃ dātu’’nti. Dutiyampi kho so yakkho taṃ yakkhaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, samma, mā samaṇaṃ āsādesi. Uḷāro so, samma, samaṇo mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo’’ti. Tatiyampi kho so yakkho taṃ yakkhaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘paṭibhāti maṃ, samma, imassa samaṇassa sīse pahāraṃ dātu’’nti. Tatiyampi kho so yakkho taṃ yakkhaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, samma, mā samaṇaṃ āsādesi. Uḷāro so, samma, samaṇo mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo’’ti.
395可是那个夜叉不理睬同伴的劝告,直接朝具寿舍利弗长老的头上打了一拳。这一拳实在太重了,就算是一头七肘乃至七肘半高的象,也会被这一拳打趴下,就连一座大山顶也会被击得粉碎。接着,那个夜叉喊着「烧死我了!烧死我了!」立刻掉落在大地狱里。
Atha kho so yakkho taṃ yakkhaṃ anādiyitvā āyasmato sāriputtattherassa sīse pahāraṃ adāsi. Tāva mahā pahāro ahosi, api tena pahārena sattaratanaṃ vā aḍḍhaṭṭhamaratanaṃ vā nāgaṃ osādeyya, mahantaṃ vā pabbatakūṭaṃ padāleyya. Atha ca pana so yakkho ‘ḍayhāmi ḍayhāmī’ti vatvā tattheva mahānirayaṃ apatāsi .
396具寿大目犍连以清净的、超越常人的天眼,看见那个夜叉正在对具寿舍利弗长老的头挥拳。看见之后,就走近舍利弗,到了以后对舍利弗说:「贤友,你还撑得住吗?还过得去吗?是不是哪里不舒服?」舍利弗说:「贤友目犍连,我还撑得住,还过得去;不过头略微有点疼。」
Addasā kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena tena yakkhena āyasmato sāriputtattherassa sīse pahāraṃ dīyamānaṃ. Disvā yena āyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kacci te, āvuso, khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci na kiñci dukkha’’nti ? ‘‘Khamanīyaṃ me, āvuso moggallāna, yāpanīyaṃ me, āvuso moggallāna; api ca me sīsaṃ thokaṃ dukkha’’nti.
397「真是稀有啊,贤友舍利弗!真是不可思议啊,贤友舍利弗!具寿舍利弗的神通与威力竟然这么大!贤友舍利弗,刚才有个夜叉在你头上打了一拳,那一拳的力道足以把一头七肘或七肘半高的象打倒,也能把一座大山头击碎,可具寿舍利弗却只是说:『贤友目犍连,我还撑得住,还过得去;不过头略微有点疼。』」
‘‘Acchariyaṃ, āvuso sāriputta, abbhutaṃ, āvuso sāriputta! Yāva mahiddhiko āyasmā sāriputto mahānubhāvo! Idha te, āvuso sāriputta, aññataro yakkho sīse pahāraṃ adāsi. Tāva mahā pahāro ahosi, api tena pahārena sattaratanaṃ vā aḍḍhaṭṭhamaratanaṃ vā nāgaṃ osādeyya, mahantaṃ vā pabbatakūṭaṃ padāleyya, atha ca panāyasmā sāriputto evamāha – ‘khamanīyaṃ me, āvuso moggallāna, yāpanīyaṃ me, āvuso moggallāna; api ca me sīsaṃ thokaṃ dukkha’’’nti.
398「真是稀有啊,贤友目犍连!真是不可思议啊,贤友目犍连!具寿大目犍连的神通与威力竟然这么大,居然连夜叉都能看见!而我呢,现在就连那些尘土里的小鬼也看不见啊。」
‘‘Acchariyaṃ, āvuso moggallāna, abbhutaṃ, āvuso moggallāna! Yāva mahiddhiko āyasmā mahāmoggallāno mahānubhāvo yatra hi nāma yakkhampi passissati! Mayaṃ panetarahi paṃsupisācakampi na passāmā’’ti.
399世尊以那远超人类境界的清净天耳界,听到了这两位大龙象之间的这番对话。
Assosi kho bhagavā dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusikāya tesaṃ ubhinnaṃ mahānāgānaṃ imaṃ evarūpaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ.
400那时,世尊明白了这件事的含义,就在那个时刻,发出了这样的感兴语:——
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
401那如岩石般不动的心,面对得失不起丝毫动摇;
‘‘Yassa selūpamaṃ cittaṃ, ṭhitaṃ nānupakampati;
402面对那令人染著之事,早已舍离染著;面对那令人愤怒之事,也不会生起愤怒;
Virattaṃ rajanīyesu, kopaneyye na kuppati;
403当一个人的心如此修成,痛苦还能从何处侵袭他呢?第四经。
Yassevaṃ bhāvitaṃ cittaṃ, kuto taṃ dukkhamessatī’’ti. catutthaṃ;
4045. 龙经
5. Nāgasuttaṃ
35如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在憍赏弥的瞿师罗园。那时,世尊与比丘、比丘尼、男居士、女居士、国王、大臣、外道以及外道弟子们杂处而住。世尊感到拥挤、不适,无法安稳度日。那时,世尊心里这样想:'我现在和比丘、比丘尼、男居士、女居士、国王、大臣、外道以及外道弟子们杂处而住。我感到拥挤、不适,无法安稳度日。我何不独自一人,远离大众而住呢?'
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kosambiyaṃ viharati ghositārāme . Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā ākiṇṇo viharati bhikkhūhi bhikkhūnīhi upāsakehi upāsikāhi rājūhi rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi. Ākiṇṇo dukkhaṃ na phāsu viharati. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘ahaṃ kho etarahi ākiṇṇo viharāmi bhikkhūhi bhikkhūnīhi upāsakehi upāsikāhi rājūhi rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi. Ākiṇṇo dukkhaṃ na phāsu viharāmi. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ eko gaṇasmā vūpakaṭṭho vihareyya’’nti.
406如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园里。那时,有一群孩子,在舍卫城和祇园精舍之间的路上,在折腾一些鱼。
Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Addasā kho bhagavā te sambahule kumārake antarā ca sāvatthiṃ antarā ca jetavanaṃ macchake bādhente. Disvāna yena te kumārakā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā te kumārake etadavoca – ‘‘bhāyatha vo, tumhe kumārakā, dukkhassa, appiyaṃ vo dukkha’’nti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante, bhāyāma mayaṃ, bhante, dukkhassa , appiyaṃ no dukkha’’nti.
407还有一只象王,生活在拥挤之中,被公象、母象、幼象和小象们团团围住。它只能吃那些已经被咬掉嫩尖的草,它折下的枝叶也被其他象抢着啃掉,喝的都是浑浊的水,每次从水里出来,母象们就挨擦着它的身体走过去。这样拥挤,它过得很苦,很不舒坦。于是,这只象王心里想:“我现在真是拥挤啊,周围全是公象、母象、幼象和小象,只能吃被咬掉尖的残草,折断的枝叶都被它们抢着吃,喝的是浑浊的水,从水里出来时母象们又来挨擦我的身体。这样拥挤,我过得太苦、太不舒坦了。我为什么不从群体中脱身,独自去住呢?”
Aññataropi kho hatthināgo ākiṇṇo viharati hatthīhi hatthinīhi hatthikalabhehi hatthicchāpehi. Chinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādati, obhaggobhaggañcassa sākhābhaṅgaṃ khādanti, āvilāni ca pānīyāni pivati, ogāhā cassa uttiṇṇassa hatthiniyo kāyaṃ upanighaṃsantiyo gacchanti. Ākiṇṇo dukkhaṃ na phāsu viharati. Atha kho tassa hatthināgassa etadahosi – ‘‘ahaṃ kho etarahi ākiṇṇo viharāmi hatthīhi hatthinīhi hatthikalabhehi hatthicchāpehi, chinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādāmi, obhaggobhaggañca me sākhābhaṅgaṃ khādanti, āvilāni ca pānīyāni pivāmi, ogāhā ca me uttiṇṇassa hatthiniyo kāyaṃ upanighaṃsantiyo gacchanti, ākiṇṇo dukkhaṃ na phāsu viharāmi. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ eko gaṇasmā vūpakaṭṭho vihareyya’’nti.
408于是,那只象王离开象群,朝着波利耶林的守护林跋陀娑罗树下——世尊所在的地方走去。到了那儿,象王把世尊住的那块地方用鼻子清理干净,还用鼻子为世尊备好饮用水和日常用水。
Atha kho so hatthināgo yūthā apakkamma yena pālileyyakaṃ rakkhitavanasaṇḍo bhaddasālamūlaṃ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami. Tatra sudaṃ so hatthināgo yasmiṃ padese bhagavā viharati taṃ padesaṃ appaharitaṃ karoti, soṇḍāya ca bhagavato pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti .
409那时,世尊独自安处、静修,心中生起这样的思惟:“我以前过着拥挤的生活,被比丘、比丘尼、男居士、女居士、国王、大臣、外道和外道弟子们围绕,那种拥挤让我过得苦,不舒坦。而现在,我不被比丘、比丘尼、男居士、女居士、国王、大臣、外道和外道弟子围绕,不再拥挤,我过得快乐、舒坦。”
Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘‘ahaṃ kho pubbe ākiṇṇo vihāsiṃ bhikkhūhi bhikkhūnīhi upāsakehi upāsikāhi rājūhi rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi, ākiṇṇo dukkhaṃ na phāsu vihāsiṃ. Somhi etarahi anākiṇṇo viharāmi bhikkhūhi bhikkhunīhi upāsakehi upāsikāhi rājūhi rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi, anākiṇṇo sukhaṃ phāsu viharāmī’’ti.
410那只象王心中也生起这样的思惟:“我以前过着拥挤的生活,被公象、母象、幼象、小象围绕,只能吃被咬掉尖的残草,断枝残叶都被它们抢着吃,喝浑浊的水,从水里出来时母象们挨擦我的身体走过,那种拥挤让我过得苦,不舒坦。而现在,我不再被公象、母象、幼象、小象围绕,不再拥挤,我能吃到完整的嫩草,我的断枝残叶也没有谁来抢着吃,我喝的是清澈的水,从水里出来时也没有母象来挨擦我的身体。我不拥挤了,我过得快乐、舒坦。”
Tassapi kho hatthināgassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘‘ahaṃ kho pubbe ākiṇṇo vihāsiṃ hatthīhi hatthinīhi hatthikalabhehi hatthicchāpehi, chinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādiṃ, obhaggobhaggañca me sākhābhaṅgaṃ khādiṃsu, āvilāni ca pānīyāni apāyiṃ, ogāhā ca me uttiṇṇassa hatthiniyo kāyaṃ upanighaṃsantiyo agamaṃsu, ākiṇṇo dukkhaṃ na phāsu vihāsiṃ. Somhi etarahi anākiṇṇo viharāmi hatthīhi hatthinīhi hatthikalabhehi hatthicchāpehi, acchinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādāmi, obhaggobhaggañca me sākhābhaṅgaṃ na khādanti, anāvilāni ca pānīyāni pivāmi, ogāhā ca me uttiṇṇassa hatthiniyo na kāyaṃ upanighaṃsantiyo gacchanti, anākiṇṇo sukhaṃ phāsu viharāmī’’ti.
411那时,世尊知道了自己的独处之乐,又用自心完全了知了象王内心的想法,就在那个时刻,发出了这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā attano ca pavivekaṃ viditvā tassa ca hatthināgassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
412大象之于大象,长着辕杆般象牙的雄象;
心与心相应,当他独自一人时,心便得欢喜。 第五。
‘‘Etaṃ nāgassa nāgena, īsādantassa hatthino;
413心与心相合,因彼独自心欢喜。」此第五。
Sameti cittaṃ cittena, yadeko ramatī mano’’ti. pañcamaṃ;
4146. 宾多喇经
6. Piṇḍolasuttaṃ
36如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城的东园鹿母讲堂。那时,世尊是在布萨日,被比丘僧团围绕着坐着。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā tadahuposathe bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto nisinno hoti.
416世尊看见具寿宾多喇婆罗堕阇在不远处结跏趺坐,正身端立;为阿兰若住者、托钵者、尘堆衣者、三衣者、少欲、知足、远离、不杂处、发勤精进、头陀说者、专修增上心。
Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ piṇḍolabhāradvājaṃ avidūre nisinnaṃ pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya āraññikaṃ piṇḍapātikaṃ paṃsukūlikaṃ tecīvarikaṃ appicchaṃ santuṭṭhaṃ pavivittaṃ asaṃsaṭṭhaṃ āraddhavīriyaṃ dhutavādaṃ adhicittamanuyuttaṃ .
417当时,世尊知道了这件事的意义,就在那个时刻,说出了这段感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
418「不诽谤、不伤害,守护巴帝摩卡;
‘‘Anūpavādo anūpaghāto , pātimokkhe ca saṃvaro;
419饮食知量,住处僻静,
Mattaññutā ca bhattasmiṃ, pantañca sayanāsanaṃ;
420并致力于增上心,这就是诸佛的教导。第六经。
Adhicitte ca āyogo, etaṃ buddhāna sāsana’’nti. chaṭṭhaṃ;
4217. 舍利弗经
7. Sāriputtasuttaṃ
37如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城祇陀林给孤独园。那时,具寿小般陀迦在世尊不远的地方,盘腿坐着,身体挺得直直的,把正念安放在面前。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā cūḷapanthako bhagavato avidūre nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā.
423世尊看见具寿舍利弗在不远处结跏趺坐,身体挺直,少欲、知足、独处、远离、不混杂,精勤努力,修习增上心。
Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ avidūre nisinnaṃ pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya appicchaṃ santuṭṭhaṃ pavivittaṃ asaṃsaṭṭhaṃ āraddhavīriyaṃ adhicittamanuyuttaṃ.
424那时,世尊明白了这件事的意义,在那个时刻发出这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
425“修习增上心的人,不放逸的人,”
‘‘Adhicetaso appamajjato,
426在牟尼寂静之道上修学的人,
那样的他没忧伤,
他是寂静者,恒常有正念。第七经。
Munino monapathesu sikkhato;
427如是之人无诸忧愁,
Sokā na bhavanti tādino,
428寂止、恒具念者。」此第七。
Upasantassa sadā satīmato’’ti. sattamaṃ;
4298. 孙德莉经
8. Sundarīsuttaṃ
38如是我闻:有一段时间,世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。那时候,世尊坐着,省察自己已经舍断的许多邪恶不善法,以及许多已经修习圆满的善法。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā attano aneke pāpake akusale dhamme pahīne paccavekkhamāno nisinno hoti, aneke ca kusale dhamme bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gate.
431那时,那些外道游方者不能忍受对世尊及比丘僧团的恭敬,来到女游方者孙达利之处;到了之后,对女游方者孙达利说:「姐妹,你能为亲族之事尽力吗?」「尊者,我做什么?我什么不能做?为亲族之事我连性命都能舍!」
Atha kho te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā bhagavato sakkāraṃ asahamānā bhikkhusaṅghassa ca yena sundarī paribbājikā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā sundariṃ paribbājikaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ussahasi tvaṃ, bhagini, ñātīnaṃ atthaṃ kātu’’nti? ‘‘Kyāhaṃ, ayyā, karomi? Kiṃ mayā na sakkā kātuṃ? Jīvitampi me pariccattaṃ ñātīnaṃ atthāyā’’ti.
432「那么,姐妹,你时常去祇园。」「是,尊者。」女游方者孙达利答应那些外道游方者后,时常去祇园。
‘‘Tena hi, bhagini, abhikkhaṇaṃ jetavanaṃ gacchāhī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, ayyā’’ti kho sundarī paribbājikā tesaṃ aññatitthiyānaṃ paribbājakānaṃ paṭissutvā abhikkhaṇaṃ jetavanaṃ agamāsi.
433那些外道出家人知道‘女出家人孙陀利经常去祇园后,就把她杀了,将尸体丢进祇园的一个水沟井里。然后他们去拜见拘萨罗国王波斯匿,对国王说:‘大王,那个女出家人孙陀利,我们找不到她了。’‘你们在什么地方起疑了?’‘在祇园,大王。’‘那么就搜查祇园吧。’
Yadā te aññiṃsu aññatitthiyā paribbājakā – ‘‘vodiṭṭhā kho sundarī paribbājikā bahujanena abhikkhaṇaṃ jetavanaṃ gacchatī’’ti . Atha naṃ jīvitā voropetvā tattheva jetavanassa parikhākūpe nikkhipitvā yena rājā pasenadi kosalo tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā rājānaṃ pasenadiṃ kosalaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘yā sā, mahārāja, sundarī paribbājikā; sā no na dissatī’’ti. ‘‘Kattha pana tumhe āsaṅkathā’’ti ? ‘‘Jetavane, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi jetavanaṃ vicinathā’’ti.
434于是,那些外道出家人搜查祇园,从他们藏尸的水沟井里把尸体捞出来,搬到床上,抬进舍卫城。他们走街串巷,来到各个十字路口,煽动人们说:
Atha kho te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā jetavanaṃ vicinitvā yathānikkhittaṃ parikhākūpā uddharitvā mañcakaṃ āropetvā sāvatthiṃ pavesetvā rathiyāya rathiyaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ upasaṅkamitvā manusse ujjhāpesuṃ –
435‘各位请看,这就是那些释迦族沙门干的好事!这些沙门不知羞耻、品行恶劣、心术不正、妄语欺人、梵行不净,却自称是依法修行、正道修行、梵行清净、讲真话、持戒、具善法的人。他们根本就没有沙门的实质,也没有婆罗门的实质。他们的沙门实质已经毁掉了,婆罗门实质已经毁掉了。他们哪里还有沙门实质?哪里还有婆罗门实质?他们已经远离沙门实质,远离婆罗门实质。一个男人在干完男人的事之后,怎么可以杀害一个女人呢!’
‘‘Passathāyyā samaṇānaṃ sakyaputtiyānaṃ kammaṃ! Alajjino ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dussīlā pāpadhammā musāvādino abrahmacārino. Ime hi nāma dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā paṭijānissanti! Natthi imesaṃ sāmaññaṃ, natthi imesaṃ brahmaññaṃ. Naṭṭhaṃ imesaṃ sāmaññaṃ, naṭṭhaṃ imesaṃ brahmaññaṃ. Kuto imesaṃ sāmaññaṃ, kuto imesaṃ brahmaññaṃ? Apagatā ime sāmaññā, apagatā ime brahmaññā. Kathañhi nāma puriso purisakiccaṃ karitvā itthiṃ jīvitā voropessatī’’ti!
436就在那时,舍卫城里的人们只要看见比丘,就用难听刺耳的话辱骂、讽刺、恼害、攻击他们:
Tena kho pana samayena sāvatthiyaṃ manussā bhikkhū disvā asabbhāhi pharusāhi vācāhi akkosanti paribhāsanti rosanti vihesanti –
437‘这些释迦族沙门不知羞耻、品行恶劣、心术不正、妄语欺人、梵行不净,却自称依法修行、正道修行、梵行清净、讲真话、持戒、具善法。他们根本就没有沙门的实质,也没有婆罗门的实质。他们的沙门实质已经毁掉了,婆罗门实质已经毁掉了。他们哪里还有沙门实质?哪里还有婆罗门实质?他们已经远离沙门实质,远离婆罗门实质。一个男人在干完男人的事之后,怎么可以杀害一个女人呢!’
‘‘Alajjino ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dussīlā pāpadhammā musāvādino abrahmacārino . Ime hi nāma dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā paṭijānissanti! Natthi imesaṃ sāmaññaṃ, natthi imesaṃ brahmaññaṃ. Naṭṭhaṃ imesaṃ sāmaññaṃ, naṭṭhaṃ imesaṃ brahmaññaṃ. Kuto imesaṃ sāmaññaṃ, kuto imesaṃ brahmaññaṃ? Apagatā ime sāmaññā, apagatā ime brahmaññā. Kathañhi nāma puriso purisakiccaṃ karitvā itthiṃ jīvitā voropessatī’’ti!
438于是,那天上午,有几位比丘穿好法衣,拿着钵和衣,进王舍城去托钵乞食了。在王舍城里次第乞食之后,用过斋饭,托钵归来,他们就去世尊那里。到了之后,礼拜世尊,然后坐在一旁。坐在一旁后,那些比丘对世尊这样说道:
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisiṃsu. Rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu ; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ –
439世尊,现在舍卫城的人见到比丘,就用难听粗暴的话骂他们、诽谤他们、激怒他们、伤害他们,说:‘这些释迦子的沙门无耻、恶戒、有邪法、说妄语、不行梵行。他们却自称是行法者、行正道者、行梵行者、说真话者、有戒的人、有善法的人。他们没有沙门性,没有婆罗门性;他们的沙门性丧失了,婆罗门性丧失了;他们的沙门性从何而来?婆罗门性从何而来?他们远离了沙门性,远离了婆罗门性。一个男人做了男人的事,之后把女人杀了,这算什么!’
‘‘Etarahi, bhante, sāvatthiyaṃ manussā bhikkhū disvā asabbhāhi pharusāhi vācāhi akkosanti paribhāsanti rosanti vihesanti – ‘alajjino ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dussīlā pāpadhammā musāvādino abrahmacārino. Ime hi nāma dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā paṭijānissanti. Natthi imesaṃ sāmaññaṃ, natthi imesaṃ brahmaññaṃ. Naṭṭhaṃ imesaṃ sāmaññaṃ, naṭṭhaṃ imesaṃ brahmaññaṃ. Kuto imesaṃ sāmaññaṃ, kuto imesaṃ brahmaññaṃ? Apagatā ime sāmaññā, apagatā ime brahmaññā. Kathañhi nāma puriso purisakiccaṃ karitvā itthiṃ jīvitā voropessatī’’’ti!
440“比丘们,这个声音不会持续很久,只会持续七天。七天过后就会消失。那么,比丘们,如果有人见到比丘就用难听粗暴的话骂他们、诽谤他们、激怒他们、伤害他们,你们就用这首偈颂去回应他们——
‘‘Neso, bhikkhave, saddo ciraṃ bhavissati sattāhameva bhavissati. Sattāhassa accayena antaradhāyissati. Tena hi, bhikkhave, ye manussā bhikkhū disvā asabbhāhi pharusāhi vācāhi akkosanti paribhāsanti rosanti vihesanti, te tumhe imāya gāthāya paṭicodetha –
441'讲假话的人下地狱,
‘‘Abhūtavādī nirayaṃ upeti,
442做了却说‘我没做’的人也一样;
Yo vāpi katvā na karomi cāha;
443这两种人死后都一样,
Ubhopi te pecca samā bhavanti,
444行为低劣的人,来世也难逃。'
Nihīnakammā manujā paratthā’’ti.
445那时,那些比丘在世尊跟前学会了这首偈颂。当人们看见比丘,用不善、粗鲁的话辱骂、诋毁、发火、伤害他们时,比丘们就用这首偈颂来回应提醒:
Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato santike imaṃ gāthaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā ye manussā bhikkhū disvā asabbhāhi pharusāhi vācāhi akkosanti paribhāsanti rosanti vihesanti te imāya gāthāya paṭicodenti –
446“说妄语的人会堕地狱,
‘‘‘Abhūtavādī nirayaṃ upeti,
447做了却又说“我没做”——
Yo vāpi katvā na karomicāha;
448这两种人死后都一样,
Ubhopi te pecca samā bhavanti,
449行为卑劣的人,来世也一样。”
Nihīnakammā manujā paratthā’’’ti.
450当时人们心想:“这些沙门释子什么也不干,他们什么都没做过,这些沙门释子只会诅咒人。”但这个说法没有持续多久,只持续了七天。七天一过,就消失了。
Manussānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘akārakā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā. Nayimehi kataṃ. Sapantime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā’’ti. Neva so saddo ciraṃ ahosi. Sattāhameva ahosi. Sattāhassa accayena antaradhāyi.
451那时,许多比丘来到世尊那里;到了以后,礼敬世尊,坐在一边。坐在一边后,这些比丘对世尊这样说:
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etadavocuṃ –
452“真不可思议啊,尊者!真是一桩奇事啊,尊者!世尊说得太好了——‘比丘们,这声音不会持续很久,只会存在七天。七天一到,就会消失。’尊者,那个声音已经消失了。”
‘‘Acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante! Yāva subhāsitaṃ cidaṃ bhante bhagavatā – ‘neso, bhikkhave, saddo ciraṃ bhavissati. Sattāhameva bhavissati. Sattāhassa accayena antaradhāyissatī’ti. Antarahito so, bhante, saddo’’ti.
453那时,世尊知道了这个道理,在那个时刻发出这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
454“那些不调伏自己的人,用言语刺痛他人,
‘‘Tudanti vācāya janā asaññatā,
455就像在战场上,用箭射一头大象;
Sarehi saṅgāmagataṃva kuñjaraṃ;
456当听到粗鲁的话语被说出来,”
Sutvāna vākyaṃ pharusaṃ udīritaṃ,
457它的摘要偈颂:
Tassuddānaṃ –
458比丘应当忍耐,内心不怀嗔恨。第八。
Adhivāsaye bhikkhu aduṭṭhacitto’’ti. aṭṭhamaṃ;
4599. 邬波色那经
9. Upasenasuttaṃ
39如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在王舍城的竹林里,就是那个松鼠觅食的地方。那时候,瓦甘塔的儿子、尊者优波先那独自在僻静处禅修,心里生起了这样的念头:“我真是有收获啊,我真是得到了大利益!我的老师是世尊、阿拉汉、正自觉者;我在善说的法与律中从在家出家,走上了无家生活;我的梵行同伴们都是有德行、有善法的人;我在戒律方面是圆满的行持者;我的心很安定,专注一心;我是阿拉汉,已经灭尽烦恼;我具有大神通、大威德。我这一生活得善好,死也善好。”
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Atha kho āyasmato upasenassa vaṅgantaputtassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘‘lābhā vata me, suladdhaṃ vata me, satthā ca me bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho; svākkhāte camhi dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito; sabrahmacārino ca me sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā; sīlesu camhi paripūrakārī; susamāhito camhi ekaggacitto; arahā camhi khīṇāsavo; mahiddhiko camhi mahānubhāvo. Bhaddakaṃ me jīvitaṃ, bhaddakaṃ maraṇa’’nti.
461那时候,世尊用自己的心清楚了尊者优波先那、瓦甘塔儿子心中的念头,就在那个时刻,说出了这段感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmato upasenassa vaṅgantaputtassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
462活着的时候,他不感到焦灼,临死的时候,他也不悲伤;
‘‘Yaṃ jīvitaṃ na tapati, maraṇante na socati;
463那位真正的智者,已见到了安稳之境,在悲伤之中,他也不会悲伤。
Sa ve diṭṭhapado dhīro, sokamajjhe na socati.
464对于这位已斩断再有渴爱、内心宁静的比丘;
‘‘Ucchinnabhavataṇhassa , santacittassa bhikkhuno;
465'生之轮回已灭尽,他不再有后有。' 第九。
Vikkhīṇo jātisaṃsāro, natthi tassa punabbhavo’’ti. navamaṃ;
46610. 舍利弗寂止经
10. Sāriputtaupasamasuttaṃ
40如是我闻:一时,世尊住在沙瓦提城的揭德林给孤独园。那时,具寿舍利弗在不远的地方,结跏趺坐,身体挺直,少欲、知足、独处、远离、不混杂他人,精勤努力,修习增上心。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā sāriputto bhagavato avidūre nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya appiccho santuṭṭho pavivitto asaṃsaṭṭho āraddhavīriyo adhicittamanuyutto.
468世尊看见具寿舍利弗在离他不远的地方,结跏趺坐,身体挺直,观察自己内心的寂静。
Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ avidūre nisinnaṃ pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya attano upasamaṃ paccavekkhamānaṃ.
469那时,世尊明白了这个道理,在那时发出了这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
470'他心境寂静,已斩断罗网的比丘;'
‘‘Upasantasantacittassa, netticchinnassa bhikkhuno;
471'生之轮回已灭尽,他从魔的束缚中解脱。' 第十。
Vikkhīṇo jātisaṃsāro, mutto so mārabandhanā’’ti. dasamaṃ;
472美基亚品第四完
Meghiyavaggo catuttho niṭṭhito.
473其摄颂——
Tassuddānaṃ –
474小迷途、掉举者、放牛者, 夜叉与第五以龙; 宾头卢及舍利弗, 第八是孙陀利; 优波斯那·瓦甘达子, 以及舍利弗,这些是十经。
Meghiyo uddhatā gopālo, yakkho nāgena pañcamaṃ;
475我曾这样听说:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园。那时,拘萨罗国的波斯匿王与末利王后一起,待在上层宫殿的精舍里。于是,拘萨罗国的波斯匿王对末利王后说道:“末利,对你来说,有别的什么人比自己更可爱吗?”
Piṇḍolo sāriputto ca, sundarī bhavati aṭṭhamaṃ;
476“大王,对我来说,没有别的什么人比自己更可爱。那么大王,对您来说,有别的什么人比自己更可爱吗?”“末利,对我来说,也没有别的什么人比自己更可爱。”
Upaseno vaṅgantaputto, sāriputto ca te dasāti.
4775. 索那品
5. Soṇavaggo
4781. 更可爱经
1. Piyatarasuttaṃ
41如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在沙瓦提城东园鹿母讲堂。那时候,世尊在傍晚时分,从独坐静修中起来,坐在外门屋前。这时,高沙拉国的巴谢那地王来到世尊那里,到了之后,向世尊行礼,然后坐在一旁。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bahidvārakoṭṭhake nisinno hoti. Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
480「大王,我没有任何人比自己更可爱。那么大王,您是否有任何人比自己更可爱吗?」「茉莉,我也没有任何人比自己更可爱。」
‘‘Natthi kho me, mahārāja, kocañño attanā piyataro. Tuyhaṃ pana, mahārāja, atthañño koci attanā piyataro’’ti? ‘‘Mayhampi kho, mallike, natthañño koci attanā piyataro’’ti.
481那时,拘萨罗王波斯匿从宫殿下来,去拜访世尊。到了之后,向世尊行礼,坐在一旁。坐在一旁后,拘萨罗王波斯匿对世尊这样说:
Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo pāsādā orohitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –
482“尊者,那时我和末利夫人一起到了上等宫殿,我问末利夫人:‘末利,你有没有觉得其他人比自己更可爱呢?’我这么问后,末利夫人回答我:‘大王,我没有觉得任何人比自己更可爱。那么大王您呢,有其他人比自己更可爱吗?’她这么问后,尊者,我就告诉末利夫人:‘末利,我也一样,没有任何人比自己更可爱。’”
‘‘Idhāhaṃ, bhante, mallikāya deviyā saddhiṃ uparipāsādavaragato mallikaṃ deviṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘atthi nu kho te, mallike, kocañño attanā piyataro’ti? Evaṃ vutte, mallikā devī maṃ etadavoca – ‘natthi kho me, mahārāja, kocañño attanā piyataro. Tuyhaṃ pana, mahārāja, atthañño koci attanā piyataro’ti? Evaṃ vutte, ahaṃ, bhante, mallikaṃ deviṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘mayhampi kho, mallike, natthañño koci attanā piyataro’’’ti.
483那时,世尊明白了这件事的意义,当下就说出这段感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
484“用心寻遍了一切方位,
‘‘Sabbā disā anuparigamma cetasā,
485从未在任何地方找到比自己更可爱的;
Nevajjhagā piyataramattanā kvaci;
486每个生命对自己都这么珍爱,”
Evaṃ piyo puthu attā paresaṃ,
487因此,珍爱自己的人不应伤害他人。第一经。
Tasmā na hiṃse paramattakāmo’’ti. paṭhamaṃ;
4882. 短寿经
2. Appāyukasuttaṃ
42如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在沙瓦提城的揭德林给孤独园。那时,大迦旃延尊者住在阿槃提国古拉拉城附近的山上。那时,名为拘提甘那的须那居士是大迦旃延尊者的侍者。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahākaccāno avantīsu viharati kuraraghare pavatte pabbate. Tena kho pana samayena soṇo upāsako kuṭikaṇṇo āyasmato mahākaccānassa upaṭṭhāko hoti.
490“正是这样,阿难。阿难,菩萨的母亲们确实都寿命短促。在菩萨出生七天后,菩萨的母亲们就会去世,投生到兜率天。”
‘‘Evametaṃ, ānanda , appāyukā hi, ānanda, bodhisattamātaro honti. Sattāhajātesu bodhisattesu bodhisattamātaro kālaṃ karonti, tusitaṃ kāyaṃ upapajjantī’’ti.
491那时,世尊知道了这个意义,就在那个时刻,发出了以下的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
492“凡有任何已生或当生的众生,
‘‘Ye keci bhūtā bhavissanti ye vāpi,
493都将抛弃身体而逝去;
Sabbe gamissanti pahāya dehaṃ;
494那位善巧者完全了知、看透一切后,应该精勤地修习梵行。第二经。
Taṃ sabbajāniṃ kusalo viditvā,
495如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在王舍城的竹林松鼠喂食处。那时,王舍城里有个叫善觉的麻风病人,他穷困潦倒,十分可怜,境况凄惨。当时,世尊正被一大群会众围绕着,坐在那里说法。
Ātāpiyo brahmacariyaṃ careyyā’’ti. dutiyaṃ;
4963. 善觉麻疯病者经
3. Suppabuddhakuṭṭhisuttaṃ
43麻风病人善觉从远处看到那一大群人聚集着。看到后,他心里想:'这里肯定在分什么硬食或软食。不如我朝那群人走过去,或许能在那里得到些硬食或软食。'
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena rājagahe suppabuddho nāma kuṭṭhī ahosi – manussadaliddo, manussakapaṇo , manussavarāko. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā mahatiyā parisāya parivuto dhammaṃ desento nisinno hoti.
498于是,麻风病人善觉朝那群人走了过去。麻风病人善觉看到世尊被一大群会众围绕着,坐在那里说法。看到后,他心里想:'这里根本没分什么硬食或软食,是沙门乔达摩在会对大众说法。那我也听听法吧。'他就地坐在一旁,心想:'我也要听听法。'
Addasā kho suppabuddho kuṭṭhī taṃ mahājanakāyaṃ dūratova sannipatitaṃ. Disvānassa etadahosi – ‘‘nissaṃsayaṃ kho ettha kiñci khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā bhājīyati . Yaṃnūnāhaṃ yena so mahājanakāyo tenupasaṅkameyyaṃ. Appeva nāmettha kiñci khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā labheyya’’nti.
499那时,世尊用自己的心遍察全体会众的心,思量着:'这里谁有能力领悟法呢?'世尊看见麻风病人善觉坐在会众中。看到后,他心想:'这里能领悟法的人就是他。'于是,世尊针对麻风病人善觉,次第地开示讲说,也就是:讲说布施的法、持戒的法、升天的法;讲说感官欲乐的过患、低劣与杂染;讲说出离的功德利益。当世尊知道麻风病人善觉的心已经准备好、柔软、没有障碍、昂扬、净信时,便为他开示诸佛最卓越的说法:苦、集、灭、道。就像一块洁净的布,去除了污垢,能完全吸收染料一样,就在那个座位上,麻风病人善觉生起了远离尘垢、去除污浊的法眼:'任何有生起性质的东西,这一切都有息灭的性质。'
Atha kho suppabuddho kuṭṭhī yena so mahājanakāyo tenupasaṅkami. Addasā kho suppabuddho kuṭṭhī bhagavantaṃ mahatiyā parisāya parivutaṃ dhammaṃ desentaṃ nisinnaṃ. Disvānassa etadahosi – ‘‘na kho ettha kiñci khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā bhājīyati. Samaṇo ayaṃ gotamo parisati dhammaṃ deseti. Yaṃnūnāhampi dhammaṃ suṇeyya’’nti. Tattheva ekamantaṃ nisīdi – ‘‘ahampi dhammaṃ sossāmī’’ti.
500那时,世尊以心遍察大众而作意:「这里谁堪能了知法呢?」世尊看见麻风病人苏巴布达坐于那大众中。看见后,他如此想:「这里此人堪能了知法。」为了麻风病人苏巴布达,世尊说次第说法,也就是:施说、戒说、生天说;诸欲之过患、堕落与染污;出离之功德。当世尊知道麻风病人苏巴布达心已调柔、心已柔软、心无盖、心踊跃、心清净,那时便说诸佛最上的说法——苦、集、灭、道。犹如洁净无垢的布能完全受染,如是麻风病人苏巴布达即于座上生起远尘离垢的法眼——「凡是集法,皆是灭法。」
Atha kho bhagavā sabbāvantaṃ parisaṃ cetasā ceto paricca manasākāsi ‘‘ko nu kho idha bhabbo dhammaṃ viññātu’’nti? Addasā kho bhagavā suppabuddhaṃ kuṭṭhiṃ tassaṃ parisāyaṃ nisinnaṃ. Disvānassa etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ kho idha bhabbo dhammaṃ viññātu’’nti. Suppabuddhaṃ kuṭṭhiṃ ārabbha ānupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ; kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṅkilesaṃ; nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā bhagavā aññāsi suppabuddhaṃ kuṭṭhiṃ kallacittaṃ muducittaṃ vinīvaraṇacittaṃ udaggacittaṃ pasannacittaṃ, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā taṃ pakāsesi – dukkhaṃ, samudayaṃ, nirodhaṃ, maggaṃ. Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evameva suppabuddhassa kuṭṭhissa tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti.
501那时候,麻风病人善觉已亲身证知法、已通达法、已了悟法、已深入法,越过了疑惑,断除了犹豫,得到了无畏,在导师的教法中不再依赖他人。他从座位起身,走到世尊那里;到了以后,向世尊行礼,然后坐在一边。坐在一边后,麻风病人善觉对世尊这样说:——
Atha kho suppabuddho kuṭṭhī diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṃkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthu sāsane uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho suppabuddho kuṭṭhī bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –
502“稀有啊,尊者!奇妙啊,尊者!就像把倒扣的翻过来,把遮盖的揭开,给迷路的人指出道路,在黑暗中举起油灯——让有眼睛的人能看见东西;同样地,世尊用种种方式把法阐明了。尊者,我皈依世尊、皈依法、皈依比丘僧团。请世尊记得我,从今天起尽此一生,我是一个皈依了的在家弟子。”
‘‘Abhikkantaṃ , bhante, abhikkataṃ, bhante! Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya – cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantīti; evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti.
503那时,麻风病人善觉经过世尊的法语教导、劝说、激励、鼓舞,随喜赞叹了世尊的话之后,从座位起身,向世尊行礼,右绕一圈,就离开了。然而,麻风病人善觉离开后不久,一头带着小牛犊的母牛冲过来撞倒他,夺走了他的生命。
Atha kho suppabuddho kuṭṭhī bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho acirapakkantaṃ suppabuddhaṃ kuṭṭhiṃ gāvī taruṇavacchā adhipatitvā jīvitā voropesi.
504那时,许多比丘走到世尊那里;到了以后,向世尊行礼,然后坐在一边。坐在一边后,那些比丘对世尊这样说:——“尊者,那位名叫善觉的麻风病人,经过世尊的法语教导、劝说、激励、鼓舞,现在已经去世了。他去了哪里,他的来世是怎样呢?”
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘yo so, bhante, suppabuddho nāma kuṭṭhī bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito, so kālaṅkato. Tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo’’ti?
505“比丘们,麻风病人善觉是有智慧的人;他依法而行、随法而行;并没有在法的问题上找我麻烦。比丘们,麻风病人善觉断除了三结,成为了入流者,不再堕入恶道,决定会走向正觉。”
‘‘Paṇḍito, bhikkhave, suppabuddho kuṭṭhī; paccapādi dhammassānudhammaṃ; na ca maṃ dhammādhikaraṇaṃ vihesesi. Suppabuddho, bhikkhave, kuṭṭhī tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’ti.
506听了这话,有一位比丘对世尊这样说:——“尊者,是什么原因,是什么条件,使得麻风病人善觉成为那样的人——在人中贫困、在人中可怜、在人中卑微呢?”
Evaṃ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ko nu kho, bhante, hetu, ko paccayo yena suppabuddho kuṭṭhī ahosi – manussadaliddo, manussakapaṇo, manussavarāko’’ti?
507比丘们,这发生在以前。就在这王舍城里,有个麻风病人叫妙觉,他是长者的儿子。他去城外园林的时候,看见一位名叫香肩的独觉佛正进城乞食。见到之后,他心里起了个念头:‘这个到处走的麻风病人是谁啊,穿着麻风病人的衣服?’他朝对方吐了口唾沫,然后故意从左边绕开,离开了。就因为那个业的果报,他在很长一段时间里,在数百年、数千年、数十万年里,一直在地狱里煎熬。而那个业剩余的果报,让他就在这同一个王舍城里,又成了一个麻风病人,一个人间的可怜人,穷困潦倒,悲惨不幸。后来,他依靠着善逝所宣说的教法,开始受持信心、受持戒行、受持学习、受持舍弃、受持智慧。在他依靠着善逝所宣说的教法,受持了信心、受持了戒行、受持了学习、受持了舍弃、受持了智慧之后,身体死后,他投生到了善道、天界,与三十三天的天人同伴。在那里,他的容貌和威望,都超过其他的天人。
‘‘Bhūtapubbaṃ, bhikkhave, suppabuddho kuṭṭhī imasmiṃyeva rājagahe seṭṭhiputto ahosi. So uyyānabhūmiṃ niyyanto addasa tagarasikhiṃ paccekabuddhaṃ nagaraṃ piṇḍāya pavisantaṃ. Disvānassa etadahosi – ‘kvāyaṃ kuṭṭhī kuṭṭhicīvarena vicaratī’ti? Niṭṭhubhitvā apasabyato karitvā pakkāmi. So tassa kammassa vipākena bahūni vassasatāni bahūni vassasahassāni bahūni vassasatasahassāni niraye paccittha. Tasseva kammassa vipākāvasesena imasmiṃyeva rājagahe kuṭṭhī ahosi manussadaliddo, manussakapaṇo, manussavarāko. So tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammavinayaṃ āgamma saddhaṃ samādiyi sīlaṃ samādiyi sutaṃ samādiyi cāgaṃ samādiyi paññaṃ samādiyi. So tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammavinayaṃ āgamma saddhaṃ samādiyitvā sīlaṃ samādiyitvā sutaṃ samādiyitvā cāgaṃ samādiyitvā paññaṃ samādiyitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapanno devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ sahabyataṃ. So tattha aññe deve atirocati vaṇṇena ceva yasasā cā’’ti.
508那时,世尊明白了这事,就在那个时刻,有感而发,说出了这段感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
509一个有眼力的人,会像避开危险的道路一样,
‘‘Cakkhumā visamānīva, vijjamāne parakkame;
510在充满生机的人世间,一个智者会完全避开那些恶行。
Paṇḍito jīvalokasmiṃ, pāpāni parivajjaye’’ti. tatiyaṃ;
5114. 童子经
4. Kumārakasuttaṃ
44如是我闻:一时,世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。尔时,苦咖利咖比丘前往世尊处;抵达后,礼敬世尊,坐于一旁。坐于一旁的苦咖利咖比丘对世尊如是说:「尊者,舍利弗与目犍连是恶欲者,已入于诸恶欲的控制。」
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā kumārakā antarā ca sāvatthiṃ antarā ca jetavanaṃ macchake bādhenti.
513那时,世尊在午前时分,穿好下衣,拿着钵和衣,与比丘僧团一起,去纯陀铁匠子的住处。到了以后,在铺设好的座位上坐下。坐下后,世尊对纯陀铁匠子说:“纯陀,你准备了栴檀树耳,就用那个供养我;你准备的其他嚼食和啖食,就用那些供养比丘僧团。”纯陀铁匠子回答世尊:“好的,尊者。”他把准备好的栴檀树耳供养给世尊,把准备的其他嚼食和啖食供养给比丘僧团。
Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena cundassa kammāraputtassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘yaṃ te, cunda, sūkaramaddavaṃ paṭiyattaṃ tena maṃ parivisa, yaṃ panaññaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyattaṃ tena bhikkhusaṅghaṃ parivisā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato paṭissutvā yaṃ ahosi sūkaramaddavaṃ paṭiyattaṃ tena bhagavantaṃ parivisi; yaṃ panaññaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyattaṃ tena bhikkhusaṅghaṃ parivisi.
514那时,世尊明白了这件事的意义,就在那个时刻,发出了这样的感兴语——
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
515“如果你害怕苦,如果你厌离苦,
‘‘Sace bhāyatha dukkhassa, sace vo dukkhamappiyaṃ;
516就不要在任何地方造恶业,无论是公开场合还是私下。
Mākattha pāpakaṃ kammaṃ, āvi vā yadi vā raho.
517“如果你要造恶业,即使你造了恶业,
‘‘Sace ca pāpakaṃ kammaṃ, karissatha karotha vā;
518你也逃不开苦,即使上腾飞窜想逃离。”第四段。
Na vo dukkhā pamutyatthi, upeccapi palāyata’’nti. catutthaṃ;
5195. 伍波萨他经
5. Uposathasuttaṃ
45我这样听说:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。那时,世尊受到尊敬、重视、推崇、恭敬、供养,得到衣服、饮食、住处、病缘医药等资具的供养;比丘僧团也受到尊敬、重视、推崇、恭敬、供养,得到衣服、饮食、住处、病缘医药等资具的供养。而其他外道游行者们,却不受尊敬、不被重视、不被推崇、不被恭敬、不被供养,也得不到衣服、饮食、住处
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā sakkato hoti garukato mānito pūjito apacito lābhī cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ . Bhikkhusaṅghopi sakkato hoti garukato mānito pūjito apacito lābhī cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. Aññatitthiyā pana paribbājakā asakkatā honti agarukatā amānitā apūjitā anapacitā na lābhino cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ.
521那时,夜渐渐过去,初夜已过,具寿阿难从座起身,把上衣搭在一边肩上,朝着世尊合掌致敬,对世尊说:“大德,夜已深了,初夜已过,这些远来的比丘长久地坐着了。大德,请世尊和这些远来的比丘打个招呼吧。”听了这话,世尊沉默不语。
Atha kho āyasmā ānando abhikkantāya rattiyā, nikkhante paṭhame yāme, uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantā, bhante, ratti; nikkhanto paṭhamo yāmo; ciranisinnā āgantukā bhikkhū; paṭisammodatu, bhante, bhagavā āgantukehi bhikkhūhī’’ti. Evaṃ vutte, bhagavā tuṇhī ahosi.
522第二次,夜渐渐过去,中夜已过,具寿阿难从座起身,把上衣搭在一边肩上,朝着世尊合掌致敬,对世尊说:“大德,夜已深了,中夜已过,这些远来的比丘长久地坐着了。大德,请世尊和这些远来的比丘打个招呼吧。”第二次,世尊仍然沉默不语。
Dutiyampi kho āyasmā ānando abhikkantāya rattiyā, nikkhante majjhime yāme, uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantā, bhante, ratti; nikkhanto majjhimo yāmo; ciranisinnā āgantukā bhikkhū; paṭisammodatu, bhante, bhagavā āgantukehi bhikkhūhī’’ti. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā tuṇhī ahosi.
523第三次,夜渐渐过去,后夜已过,天已破晓,黎明带着欢喜到来时,具寿阿难从座起身,把上衣搭在一边肩上,朝着世尊合掌致敬,对世尊说:“大德,夜已深了,后夜已过,天已破晓,黎明已经到来,这些远来的比丘长久地坐着了。大德,请世尊和这些远来的比丘打个招呼吧。”
Tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando abhikkantāya rattiyā, nikkhante pacchime yāme, uddhaste aruṇe, nandimukhiyā rattiyā uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantā, bhante, ratti; nikkhanto pacchimo yāmo; uddhasto aruṇo; nandimukhī ratti; ciranisinnā āgantukā bhikkhū; paṭisammodatu, bhante, bhagavā, āgantukehi bhikkhūhī’’ti.
524那时,具寿大目犍连心想:“世尊是针对于哪个人说‘阿难,这个集会是不清净的’呢?”于是,具寿大目犍连用自己的心遍察整个比丘僧团的心。他看见那个人——一个破戒、品性恶劣、不净、行为可疑、隐藏恶行、不是沙门却自称沙门、不修梵行却自称修梵行、内心腐败、充满欲念、污秽不堪的人——正坐在比丘僧团当中。看见后,他从座位起身,走到那个人跟前,对他说:“朋友,起来吧。你已被世尊看穿。你没有资格与比丘们共住。”听了这话,那个人沉默不语。
Atha kho āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa etadahosi – ‘‘kaṃ nu kho bhagavā puggalaṃ sandhāya evamāha – ‘aparisuddhā, ānanda, parisā’ti? Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno sabbāvantaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ cetasā ceto paricca manasākāsi. Addasā kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṃ puggalaṃ dussīlaṃ pāpadhammaṃ asuciṃ saṅkassarasamācāraṃ paṭicchannakammantaṃ asamaṇaṃ samaṇapaṭiññaṃ abrahmacāriṃ brahmacāripaṭiññaṃ antopūtiṃ avassutaṃ kasambujātaṃ majjhe bhikkhusaṅghassa nisinnaṃ. Disvāna uṭṭhāyāsanā yena so puggalo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ puggalaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘uṭṭhehi, āvuso, diṭṭhosi bhagavatā; natthi te bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ saṃvāso’’ti. Evaṃ vutte , so puggalo tuṇhī ahosi.
525第二次,具寿大目犍连对那个人说:“朋友,起来吧。你已被世尊看穿。你没有资格与比丘们共住。”那个人第二次……乃至第三次……依然沉默不语。
Dutiyampi kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṃ puggalaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘uṭṭhehi, āvuso, diṭṭhosi bhagavatā; natthi te bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ saṃvāso’’ti. Dutiyampi kho…pe… tatiyampi kho so puggalo tuṇhī ahosi.
526于是,具寿大目犍连抓住那个人的手臂,把他推出门外,拴上门闩,然后去世尊那里。到了之后,他对世尊说:“尊者,那个人已被我赶出去了。现在集会清净了。尊者,请世尊为比丘们诵巴帝摩卡。”“目犍连,真是稀有!目犍连,真是不可思议!那个愚蠢的人,居然要等人抓住他手臂才肯离开!”
Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṃ puggalaṃ bāhāyaṃ gahetvā bahidvārakoṭṭhakā nikkhāmetvā sūcighaṭikaṃ datvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘nikkhāmito, bhante, so puggalo mayā. Parisuddhā parisā. Uddisatu, bhante, bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ pātimokkha’’nti. ‘‘Acchariyaṃ, moggallāna, abbhutaṃ, moggallāna! Yāva bāhāgahaṇāpi nāma so moghapuriso āgamessatī’’ti!
527那时,世尊对比丘们说:“比丘们,从今以后,我不再主持布萨,不再诵戒了。比丘们,从今以后,就由你们自己来主持布萨、诵戒吧。比丘们,如来是不可能在成员不清净的僧团中主持布萨、诵戒的,这既没道理,也绝无可能。”
Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na dānāhaṃ, bhikkhave, ito paraṃ uposathaṃ karissāmi, pātimokkhaṃ uddisissāmi. Tumheva dāni, bhikkhave, ito paraṃ uposathaṃ kareyyātha, pātimokkhaṃ uddiseyyātha. Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṃ tathāgato aparisuddhāya parisāya uposathaṃ kareyya, pātimokkhaṃ uddiseyya.
528“比丘们,大海中有八种稀有、未曾有之法。阿修罗们看到了又看,因此乐于住在大海中。是哪八种呢?”
‘‘Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, ye disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti. Katame aṭṭha?
529“比丘们,大海是逐渐向下倾斜、逐渐变成斜坡、逐渐低洼下去的,而不是像断崖一样突然陡降。比丘们,大海是逐渐向下倾斜、逐渐变成斜坡、逐渐低洼下去的,而不是像断崖一样突然陡降——比丘们,这就是大海中第一种稀有、未曾有之法。阿修罗们看到了又看,因此乐于住在大海中。”
‘‘Mahāsamuddo, bhikkhave, anupubbaninno anupubbapoṇo anupubbapabbhāro, na āyatakeneva papāto. Yampi , bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo anupubbaninno anupubbapoṇo anupubbapabbhāro na āyatakeneva papāto; ayaṃ, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde paṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti.
530“再者,比丘们,大海有一个稳定的特性,就是不会漫过海岸线。比丘们,大海有一个稳定的特性,就是不会漫过海岸线——比丘们,这就是大海中第二种稀有、未曾有之法。阿修罗们看到了又看,因此乐于住在大海中。”
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo ṭhitadhammo velaṃ nātivattati. Yampi, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo ṭhitadhammo velaṃ nātivattati; ayaṃ, bhikkhave , mahāsamudde dutiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti.
531“再者,比丘们,大海不与死尸共处。大海中如果有死尸,它会很快把死尸冲到岸边、推上陆地。比丘们,大海不与死尸共处,大海中如果有死尸,它会很快把死尸冲到岸边、推上陆地——比丘们,这就是大海中第三种稀有、未曾有之法。阿修罗们看到了又看,因此乐于住在大海中。”
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo na matena kuṇapena saṃvasati. Yaṃ hoti mahāsamudde mataṃ kuṇapaṃ taṃ khippameva tīraṃ vāheti, thalaṃ ussāreti. Yampi, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo na matena kuṇapena saṃvasati, yaṃ hoti mahāsamudde mataṃ kuṇapaṃ taṃ khippameva tīraṃ vāheti thalaṃ ussāreti; ayaṃ, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde tatiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti.
532“再者,比丘们,不管那些大河叫什么名字,比如:恒河、亚穆纳河、阿致罗筏底河、萨罗浮河、摩醯河,它们一旦流入大海,就都舍弃了原先的名字和身份,统统都只叫作‘大海’。比丘们,不管那些大河叫什么名字,比如:恒河、亚穆纳河、阿致罗筏底河、萨罗浮河、摩醯河,它们一旦流入大海,就都舍弃了原先的名字和身份,统统都只叫作‘大海’——比丘们,这就是大海中第四种稀有、未曾有之法。阿修罗们看到了又看,因此乐于住在大海中。”
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, yā kāci mahānadiyo, seyyathidaṃ – gaṅgā yamunā aciravatī sarabhū mahī, tā mahāsamuddaṃ patvā jahanti purimāni nāmagottāni; ‘mahāsamuddo’tveva saṅkhaṃ gacchanti. Yampi, bhikkhave, yā kāci mahānadiyo, seyyathidaṃ – gaṅgā yamunā aciravatī sarabhū mahī tā mahāsamuddaṃ patvā jahanti purimāni nāmagottāni, ‘mahāsamuddo’tveva saṅkhaṃ gacchanti; ayaṃ, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde catuttho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti.
533“还有,比丘们,世间的水流汇入大海,天上的雨水降下来,却看不出大海因此减少或满溢。比丘们,世间的水流汇入大海,天上的雨水降下来,却看不出大海因此减少或满溢这件事——比丘们,这就是大海里的第五个稀有、奇妙的现象,阿苏罗们看了又看,因此在大海里感到欢喜。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, yā ca loke savantiyo mahāsamuddaṃ appenti, yā ca antalikkhā dhārā papatanti, na tena mahāsamuddassa ūnattaṃ vā pūrattaṃ vā paññāyati. Yampi, bhikkhave , yā ca loke savantiyo mahāsamuddaṃ appenti, yā ca antalikkhā dhārā papatanti, na tena mahāsammuddassa ūnattaṃ vā pūrattaṃ vā paññāyati; ayaṃ, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde pañcamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti.
534“还有,比丘们,大海是单一的味道,咸的味道。比丘们,大海是单一的味道,咸的味道这件事——比丘们,这就是大海里的第六个稀有、奇妙的现象,阿苏罗们看了又看,因此在大海里感到欢喜。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo ekaraso loṇaraso. Yampi, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo ekaraso loṇaraso; ayaṃ, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde chaṭṭho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti.
535“还有,比丘们,大海有很多宝物、各种宝物。那里的宝物有这些,就是:珍珠、摩尼宝、琉璃、贝壳、岩石、珊瑚、银、金、红宝石、猫眼石。比丘们,大海有很多宝物、各种宝物,那里的宝物有这些,就是:珍珠、摩尼宝、琉璃、贝壳、岩石、珊瑚、银、金、红宝石、猫眼石这件事——比丘们,这就是大海里的第七个稀有、奇妙的现象,阿苏罗们看了又看,因此在大海里感到欢喜。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo bahuratano anekaratano. Tatrimāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṃ – muttā maṇi veḷuriyo saṅkho silā pavāḷaṃ rajataṃ jātarūpaṃ lohitaṅgo masāragallaṃ. Yampi, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo bahuratano anekaratano, tatrimāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṃ – muttā maṇi veḷuriyo saṅkho silā pavāḷaṃ rajataṃ jātarūpaṃ lohitaṅgo masāragallaṃ; ayaṃ, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde sattamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti.
536“还有,比丘们,大海是巨大生物的居所。那里的生物有这些:提弥、提弥昴伽罗、提弥提弥昴伽罗、阿苏罗、龙、干闼婆。大海里有身长一百由旬的生物,也有身长二百由旬的生物,也有身长三百由旬的生物,也有身长四百由旬的生物,也有身长五百由旬的生物。比丘们,大海是巨大生物的居所,那里的生物有这些:提弥、提弥昴伽罗、提弥提弥昴伽罗、阿苏罗、龙、干闼婆,大海里有身长十由旬的生物……乃至……身长五百由旬的生物这件事——比丘们,这就是大海里的第八个稀有、奇妙的现象,阿苏罗们看了又看,因此在大海里感到欢喜。比丘们,这就是大海里的八个稀有、奇妙的现象,阿苏罗们看了又看,因此在大海里感到欢喜。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo mahataṃ bhūtānaṃ āvāso. Tatrime bhūtā – timi timiṅgalo timitimiṅgalo asurā nāgā gandhabbā. Santi mahāsamudde yojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, dviyojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, tiyojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, catuyojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, pañcayojanasatikāpi attabhāvā. Yampi, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo mahataṃ bhūtānaṃ āvāso, tatrime bhūtā – timi timiṅgalo timitimiṅgalo asurā nāgā gandhabbā, santi mahāsamudde yojanasatikāpi attabhāvā dviyojanasatikāpi attabhāvā…pe… pañcayojanasatikāpi attabhāvā; ayaṃ, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde aṭṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha mahāsamudde acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ye disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti.
537“正是这样,比丘们,在这个法和律里,也有八个稀有、奇妙的现象,比丘们看了又看,因此在这个法和律里感到欢喜。哪八个呢?
‘‘Evameva kho, bhikkhave, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye aṭṭha acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, ye disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṃ dhammavinaye abhiramanti. Katame aṭṭha?
538“比丘们,就好像大海是渐次下斜、渐次倾斜、渐次坡降的,不会一下子就陡峭地坠落;正是这样,比丘们,在这个法和律里,有渐次的修学、渐次的实践、渐次的进展,不会一下子就完成对终极智慧的体证。比丘们,在这个法和律里,有渐次的修学、渐次的实践、渐次的进展,不会一下子就完成对终极智慧的体证这件事——比丘们,这就是在这个法和律里的第一个稀有、奇妙的现象,比丘们看了又看,因此在这个法和律里感到欢喜。
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo anupubbaninno anupubbapoṇo anupubbapabbhāro, na āyatakeneva papāto; evameva kho, bhikkhave, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye anupubbasikkhā anupubbakiriyā anupubbapaṭipadā, na āyatakeneva aññāpaṭivedho. Yampi, bhikkhave, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye anupubbasikkhā anupubbakiriyā anupubbapaṭipadā, na āyatakeneva aññāpaṭivedho; ayaṃ, bhikkhave, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye paṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṃ dhammavinaye abhiramanti.
539“比丘们,就像大海有它稳定不变的法则,不会越过海岸线。同样地,比丘们,我为弟子们制定的学处,即使为了活命,他们也不会违犯。比丘们,我弟子们即使为了活命也不违犯我为弟子们制定的学处,这就是在这个法与律中看到的第二个奇特稀有之法——比丘们看到这一点又一点,就在这个法与律中感到欢喜。
‘‘Seyyathāpi , bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo ṭhitadhammo velaṃ nātivattati; evameva kho, bhikkhave, yaṃ mayā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ taṃ mama sāvakā jīvitahetupi nātikkamanti. Yampi, bhikkhave, mayā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ taṃ mama sāvakā jīvitahetupi nātikkamanti; ayaṃ, bhikkhave, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye dutiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṃ dhammavinaye abhiramanti.
540“比丘们,就像大海不与死尸共处。大海里一旦有了死尸,很快就会把它推到岸边,弄到陆地上。同样地,比丘们,有这样一种人:他戒行败坏、品行恶劣、不净、行为可疑、行事隐秘、不是沙门却自称沙门、不行清净行却自称行清净行、内在腐烂、烦恼漏泄、像垃圾一样。僧团不与他共住,一旦发现,就迅速集合起来,把他举罪驱逐出去。就算他正坐在比丘僧团的中间,他也离僧团很远,僧团也远离他。比丘们,有这样一种人——戒行败坏、品行恶劣、不净、行为可疑、行事隐秘、不是沙门却自称沙门、不行清净行却自称行清净行、内在腐烂、烦恼漏泄、像垃圾一样——僧团不与他共住,一旦发现就迅速集合起来把他举罪驱逐出去。就算他正坐在比丘僧团的中间,他也离僧团很远,僧团也远离他。这就是在这个法与律中看到的第三个奇特稀有之法——比丘们看到这一点又一点,就在这个法与律中感到欢喜。
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo na matena kuṇapena saṃvasati; yaṃ hoti mahāsamudde mataṃ kuṇapaṃ taṃ khippameva tīraṃ vāheti, thalaṃ ussāreti; evameva kho, bhikkhave, yo so puggalo dussīlo pāpadhammo asuci saṅkassarasamācāro paṭicchannakammanto assamaṇo samaṇapaṭiñño abrahmacārī brahmacāripaṭiñño antopūti avassuto kasambujāto, na tena saṅgho saṃvasati; atha kho naṃ khippameva sannipatitvā ukkhipati. Kiñcāpi so hoti majjhe bhikkhusaṅghassa nisinno, atha kho so ārakāva saṅghamhā, saṅgho ca tena. Yampi, bhikkhave, yo so puggalo dussīlo pāpadhammo asuci saṅkassarasamācāro paṭicchannakammanto assamaṇo samaṇapaṭiñño abrahmacārī brahmacāripaṭiñño antopūti avassuto kasambujāto, na tena saṅgho saṃvasati; khippameva naṃ sannipatitvā ukkhipati. Kiñcāpi so hoti majjhe bhikkhusaṅghassa nisinno, atha kho so ārakāva saṅghamhā, saṅgho ca tena; ayaṃ, bhikkhave, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye tatiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṃ dhammavinaye abhiramanti.
541“比丘们,就像所有的大河,也就是恒河、亚穆纳河、阿致罗筏底河、萨罗浮河、摩希河——流进大海后,就舍弃了它们以前的名字和族姓,一律被称为‘大海’。同样地,比丘们,有四种姓——刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗——他们在如来宣说的法与律中,从家庭出家,过上没有家庭的生活后,就舍弃了以前的名字和族姓,一律被称为‘释迦族的沙门’。比丘们,有四种姓——刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗——在如来宣说的法与律中,从家庭出家,过上没有家庭的生活后,就舍弃了以前的名字和族姓,一律被称为‘释迦族的沙门’,这就是在这个法与律中看到的第四个奇特稀有之法——比丘们看到这一点又一点,就在这个法与律中感到欢喜。
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, yā kāci mahānadiyo, seyyathidaṃ – gaṅgā yamunā aciravatī sarabhū mahī tā mahāsamuddaṃ patvā jahanti purimāni nāmagottāni, ‘mahāsamuddo’tveva saṅkhaṃ gacchanti; evameva kho, bhikkhave, cattāro vaṇṇā – khattiyā, brāhmaṇā, vessā, suddā te tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitvā jahanti purimāni nāmagottāni, ‘samaṇā sakyaputtiyā’tveva saṅkhaṃ gacchanti. Yampi, bhikkhave, cattāro vaṇṇā – khattiyā, brāhmaṇā, vessā, suddā te tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitvā jahanti purimāni nāmagottāni , ‘samaṇā sakyaputtiyā’tveva saṅkhaṃ gacchanti; ayaṃ, bhikkhave, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye catuttho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṃ dhammavinaye abhiramanti.
542“比丘们,就像世间所有流入大海的河流,还有天空中降下的雨水,都不会让大海因此显出减少或增加。同样地,比丘们,即使有很多比丘在无余涅槃界完全涅槃,涅槃界也不会因此显出减少或增加。比丘们,即使有很多比丘在无余涅槃界完全涅槃,涅槃界也不会因此显出减少或增加,这就是在这个法与律中看到的第五个奇特稀有之法——比丘们看到这一点又一点,就在这个法与律中感到欢喜。
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, yā ca loke savantiyo mahāsamuddaṃ appenti, yā ca antalikkhā dhārā papatanti, na tena mahāsamuddassa ūnattaṃ vā pūrattaṃ vā paññāyati; evameva kho, bhikkhave, bahū cepi bhikkhū anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyanti, na tena nibbānadhātuyā ūnattaṃ vā pūrattaṃ vā paññāyati. Yampi, bhikkhave, bahū cepi bhikkhū anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyanti, na tena nibbānadhātuyā ūnattaṃ vā pūrattaṃ vā paññāyati; ayaṃ, bhikkhave, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye pañcamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṃ dhammavinaye abhiramanti.
543“比丘们,就像大海只有一种味道,就是盐的味道。同样地,比丘们,这个法与律也只有一种味道,就是解脱的味道。比丘们,这个法与律只有一种味道,就是解脱的味道,这就是在这个法与律中看到的第六个奇特稀有之法——比丘们看到这一点又一点,就在这个法与律中感到欢喜。
‘‘Seyyathāpi , bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo ekaraso loṇaraso; evameva kho, bhikkhave, ayaṃ dhammavinayo ekaraso vimuttiraso. Yampi, bhikkhave, ayaṃ dhammavinayo ekaraso vimuttiraso; ayaṃ , bhikkhave, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye chaṭṭho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṃ dhammavinaye abhiramanti.
544“比丘们,就像大海有很多宝贝,有各种各样的宝贝。那里的宝贝有这些,也就是:珍珠、宝石、琉璃、贝壳、石头、珊瑚、银、金、赤珠、玛瑙。同样地,比丘们,这个法与律也有很多宝贝,有各种各样的宝贝。那里的宝贝有这些,也就是:四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、八圣道。比丘们,这个法与律有很多宝贝,有各种各样的宝贝,那里的宝贝就是这些——四念处、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、八圣道,这就是在这个法与律中看到的第七个奇特稀有之法——比丘们看到这一点又一点,就在这个法与律中感到欢喜。
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo bahuratano anekaratano, tatrimāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṃ – muttā maṇi veḷuriyo saṅkho silā pavāḷaṃ rajataṃ jātarūpaṃ lohitaṅgo masāragallaṃ; evameva kho, bhikkhave, ayaṃ dhammavinayo bahuratano anekaratano; tatrimāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṃ – cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, cattāro sammappadhānā, cattāro iddhipādā, pañcindriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojjhaṅgā, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. Yampi, bhikkhave, ayaṃ dhammavinayo bahuratano anekaratano, tatrimāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṃ – cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, cattāro sammappadhānā, cattāro iddhipādā, pañcindriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojjhaṅgā, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo; ayaṃ, bhikkhave, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye sattamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṃ dhammavinaye abhiramanti.
545比丘们,就像大海是巨大生物的居所,海里住着这些生物——提弥鱼、提弥伽罗鱼、提弥提弥伽罗鱼、阿修罗、龙、干闼婆。大海里有身体长达一百由旬的、有身体长达两百由旬的、有身体长达三百由旬的、有身体长达四百由旬的、有身体长达五百由旬的。同样的,比丘们,这法、律也是大人物的居所;这里有这些大人物——入流者、为证入流果而修行的人、一来者、为证一来果而修行的人、不来者、为证不来果而修行的人、阿拉汉、为证阿拉汉果而修行的人。比丘们,正因为这法、律是大人物的居所,这里有这些大人物——入流者、为证入流果而修行的人、一来者、为证一来果而修行的人、不来者、为证不来果而修行的人、阿拉汉、为证阿拉汉果而修行的人;比丘们,这就是这法、律中第八个稀有、不可思议的法,看到这个法之后,比丘们在这法、律中感到欢喜。比丘们,这就是这法、律中八个稀有、不可思议的法,看到这些法之后,比丘们在这法、律中感到欢喜。
‘‘Seyyathāpi , bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo mahataṃ bhūtānaṃ āvāso, tatrime bhūtā – timi timiṅgalo timitimiṅgalo asurā nāgā gandhabbā, santi mahāsamudde yojanasatikāpi attabhāvā dviyojanasatikāpi attabhāvā tiyojanasatikāpi attabhāvā catuyojanasatikāpi attabhāvā pañcayojanasatikāpi attabhāvā; evameva kho, bhikkhave, ayaṃ dhammavinayo mahataṃ bhūtānaṃ āvāso; tatrime bhūtā – sotāpanno, sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, sakadāgāmi, sakadāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, anāgāmī, anāgāmīphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, arahā, arahattāya paṭipanno . Yampi, bhikkhave, ayaṃ dhammavinayo mahataṃ bhūtānaṃ āvāso, tatrime bhūtā – sotāpanno, sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, sakadāgāmī, sakadāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, anāgāmī, anāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, arahā, arahattāya paṭipanno; ayaṃ, bhikkhave, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye aṭṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṃ dhammavinaye abhiramanti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye aṭṭha acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, ye disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṃ dhammavinaye abhiramantī’’ti.
546那时,世尊了知了这件事的意义,便在那个时刻发出这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
547盖住的会被淋透,敞开的不会被淋,
‘‘Channamativassati, vivaṭaṃ nātivassati;
548所以,把盖着的揭开,这样它就不会被淋透了。第五经。
Tasmā channaṃ vivaretha, evaṃ taṃ nātivassatī’’ti. pañcamaṃ;
5496. 索那经
6. Soṇasuttaṃ
46如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园。那时,尊者舍利弗心里把矮个子跋提尊者当成了还在修学的人,于是就更加频繁地用各种方式,以法语开示来教导他、鼓励他、激发他、让他欢喜。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṃ lakuṇḍakabhaddiyaṃ sekhaṃ maññamāno bhiyyosomattāya anekapariyāyena dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti.
551那时,拘提甘那的须那居士独自静处时,心里生起这样的思惟:“大迦旃延尊长说法的方式,是这样的——住在家里的人,要修习全然圆满、全然清净、如磨亮贝壳般的梵行,实在不容易。我何不剃掉头发胡须,穿上袈裟,从家中出来,过无家的出家生活呢?”
Atha kho soṇassa upāsakassa kuṭikaṇṇassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘‘yathā yathā kho ayyo mahākaccāno dhammaṃ deseti nayidaṃ sukaraṃ agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ ekantaparisuddhaṃ saṅkhalikhitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajeyya’’nti.
552那时,在家居士索那·古地甘纳来到具寿大迦旃延尊者那里。到了之后,他向具寿大迦旃延尊者行礼,然后坐在一旁。坐在一旁的在家居士索那·古地甘纳,对具寿大迦旃延尊者这样说:
Atha kho soṇo upāsako kuṭikaṇṇo yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ mahākaccānaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho soṇo upāsako kuṭikaṇṇo āyasmantaṃ mahākaccānaṃ etadavoca –
553“尊者,我独自静处时,心里生起了这样的念头:‘按照大迦旃延尊者的说法来修习,这真的不容易,一个住在家里的人,是没办法把清净行修得那么彻底圆满、那么纯粹无暇的。那么,我何不剃掉头发和胡须,穿上袈裟,离开家庭,出家修道呢?’尊者大迦旃延,请您让我出家吧。”
‘‘Idha mayhaṃ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘yathā yathā kho ayyo mahākaccāno dhammaṃ deseti nayidaṃ sukaraṃ agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ ekantaparisuddhaṃ saṅkhalikhitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajeyya’nti. Pabbājetu maṃ, bhante , ayyo mahākaccāno’’ti.
554听到这话,具寿大迦旃延尊者对在家居士索那·古地甘纳这样说:“索那,一辈子一天只吃一餐、独自睡眠、修清净行,这做起来很难的。索那,你不如就这样,还是以在家之身,在适当的时候奉行佛陀的教法,实行一天一餐、独自睡眠的清净行吧。”于是,在家居士索那·古地甘纳那股想出家的念头,就平息了下来。
Evaṃ vutte, āyasmā mahākaccāno soṇaṃ upāsakaṃ kuṭikaṇṇaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘dukkaraṃ kho, soṇa, yāvajīvaṃ ekabhattaṃ ekaseyyaṃ brahmacariyaṃ. Iṅgha tvaṃ, soṇa, tattheva āgārikabhūto samāno buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ anuyuñja kālayuttaṃ ekabhattaṃ ekaseyyaṃ brahmacariya’’nti. Atha kho soṇassa upāsakassa kuṭikaṇṇassa yo ahosi pabbajjābhisaṅkhāro so paṭipassambhi.
555第二次,……具寿大迦旃延尊者又对在家居士索那·古地甘纳这样说:“索那,一辈子一天只吃一餐、独自睡眠、修清净行,这做起来很难的。索那,你不如就这样,还是以在家之身,在适当的时候奉行佛陀的教法,实行一天一餐、独自睡眠的清净行吧。”第二次,在家居士索那·古地甘纳那股想出家的念头,又平息了下来。
Dutiyampi kho…pe… dutiyampi kho āyasmā mahākaccāno soṇaṃ upāsakaṃ kuṭikaṇṇaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘dukkaraṃ kho, soṇa, yāvajīvaṃ ekabhattaṃ ekaseyyaṃ brahmacariyaṃ. Iṅgha tvaṃ, soṇa, tattheva āgārikabhūto samāno buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ anuyuñja kālayuttaṃ ekabhattaṃ ekaseyyaṃ brahmacariya’’nti. Dutiyampi kho soṇassa upāsakassa kuṭikaṇṇassa yo ahosi pabbajjābhisaṅkhāro so paṭipassambhi.
556第三次,在家居士索那·古地甘纳独自静处时,心里又生起了这样的念头:“按照大迦旃延尊者的说法来修习,这真的不容易,一个住在家里的人,是没办法把清净行修得那么彻底圆满、那么纯粹无暇的。那么,我何不剃掉头发和胡须,穿上袈裟,离开家庭,出家修道呢?”第三次,在家居士索那·古地甘纳来到具寿大迦旃延尊者那里。到了之后,他向具寿大迦旃延尊者行礼,然后坐在一旁。坐在一旁的在家居士索那·古地甘纳,对具寿大迦旃延尊者这样说:
Tatiyampi kho soṇassa upāsakassa kuṭikaṇṇassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘‘yathā yathā kho ayyo mahākaccāno dhammaṃ deseti nayidaṃ sukaraṃ agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ ekantaparisuddhaṃ saṅkhalikhitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajeyya’’nti. Tatiyampi kho soṇo upāsako kuṭikaṇṇo yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ mahākaccānaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho soṇo upāsako kuṭikaṇṇo āyasmantaṃ mahākaccānaṃ etadavoca –
557“尊者,我独自静处时,心里生起了这样的念头:‘按照大迦旃延尊者的说法来修习,这真的不容易,一个住在家里的人,是没办法把清净行修得那么彻底圆满、那么纯粹无暇的。那么,我何不剃掉头发和胡须,穿上袈裟,离开家庭,出家修道呢?’尊者大迦旃延,请您让我出家吧。”
‘‘Idha mayhaṃ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘yathā yathā kho ayyo mahākaccāno dhammaṃ deseti nayidaṃ sukaraṃ agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ ekantaparisuddhaṃ saṅkhalikhitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajeyya’nti. Pabbājetu maṃ, bhante, ayyo mahākaccāno’’ti.
558那时,大迦旃延尊者让在家优婆塞须那·拘谛干出了家。那段时间,阿槃提南道的比丘很少。大迦旃延尊者过了三年,费尽辛苦,从各处召集了一个十人比丘僧团,然后给须那尊者授了具足戒。
Atha kho āyasmā mahākaccāno soṇaṃ upāsakaṃ kuṭikaṇṇaṃ pabbājesi. Tena kho pana samayena avantidakkhiṇāpatho appabhikkhuko hoti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākaccāno tiṇṇaṃ vassānaṃ accayena kicchena kasirena tato tato dasavaggaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātetvā āyasmantaṃ soṇaṃ upasampādesi.
559那时,须那尊者结束了雨安居,在独处静修时,心里生起这样的念头:“我还没有当面见过世尊,只是听说过世尊——‘是这样那样的’。如果我的戒师允许,我就去拜见那位世尊、阿拉汉、正自觉者。”
Atha kho āyasmato soṇassa vassaṃvuṭṭhassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘‘na kho me so bhagavā sammukhā diṭṭho, api ca sutoyeva me so bhagavā – ‘īdiso ca īdiso cā’ti. Sace maṃ upajjhāyo anujāneyya, gaccheyyāhaṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya arahantaṃ sammāsambuddha’’nti.
560那时,须那尊者在傍晚时分从静修中出来,来到大迦旃延尊者那里,顶礼后坐在一旁,这样说:
Atha kho āyasmā soṇo sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ mahākaccānaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā soṇo āyasmantaṃ mahākaccānaṃ etadavoca –
561“大德,我独自静修时,心里这样想:‘我还没有当面见过世尊,只是听说过世尊——是这样那样的。如果戒师允许,我就去拜见那位世尊、阿拉汉、正自觉者。’”
‘‘Idha mayhaṃ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘na kho me so bhagavā sammukhā diṭṭho, api ca sutoyeva me so bhagavā – īdiso ca īdiso cā’ti. Sace maṃ upajjhāyo anujāneyya, gaccheyyāhaṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya arahantaṃ sammāsambuddha’’nti ( ) .
562“很好,很好,须那!去吧,须那,去见那位世尊、阿拉汉、正自觉者。须那,你将见到那位令人喜悦、令人净信、诸根寂静、心意寂静、达到最高调御与止息、已调伏、已守护、守护根门、如同龙象一般的世尊。见到之后,代我头面顶礼世尊的双足,并替我这样问候:‘世尊是否少病、少恼、身心轻快、安稳而住?我的戒师大迦旃延尊者向世尊双足头面礼足,并问候世尊少病、少恼、身心轻快、安稳而住。’”
‘‘Sādhu sādhu, soṇa; gaccha tvaṃ, soṇa, taṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ . Dakkhissasi tvaṃ, soṇa, taṃ bhagavantaṃ pāsādikaṃ pasādanīyaṃ santindriyaṃ santamānasaṃ uttamadamathasamathamanuppattaṃ dantaṃ guttaṃ yatindriyaṃ nāgaṃ. Disvāna mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandāhi, appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ puccha – ‘upajjhāyo me, bhante, āyasmā mahākaccāno bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ pucchatī’’’ti.
563“好的,大德。”须那尊者对大迦旃延尊者的话欢喜随喜之后,从座位起身,顶礼大迦旃延尊者,右绕一匝,收拾好卧坐具,拿了衣钵,朝着舍卫城方向游行而去。他次第游行,到了舍卫城祇陀林给孤独园,来到世尊那里。到了之后,顶礼世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的须那尊者对世尊说:“大德,我的戒师大迦旃延尊者向世尊双足头面礼足,并问候世尊少病、少恼、身心轻快、安稳而住。”
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā soṇo āyasmato mahākaccānassa bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā āyasmantaṃ mahākaccānaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena sāvatthi jetavanaṃ anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāmo, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā soṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘upajjhāyo me, bhante, āyasmā mahākaccāno bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ pucchatī’’ti.
564“比丘,还过得去吗?还能维持吗?这么远的路走来,不算太疲劳吧?还有,托钵乞食没有累着吧?”
“世尊,过得去,还能维持。大德,我走这么远的路,不算太疲劳,托钵乞食也没有累着。”
‘‘Kacci, bhikkhu, khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kaccisi appakilamathena addhānaṃ āgato, na ca piṇḍakena kilantosī’’ti? ‘‘Khamanīyaṃ bhagavā, yāpanīyaṃ bhagavā, appakilamathena cāhaṃ, bhante, addhānaṃ āgato, na piṇḍakena kilantomhī’’ti.
565那时,世尊对大德阿难说:“阿难,为这位新来的比丘准备住处吧。”
那时,大德阿难心里这么想:“世尊吩咐我‘阿难,为这位新来的比丘准备住处’,这意思是,世尊想和这位比丘同住一处,世尊想和大德索那同住一处。”于是,他就在世尊住的那间精舍里,为大德索那准备了住处。
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘imassānanda, āgantukassa bhikkhuno senāsanaṃ paññāpehī’’ti. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘yassa kho maṃ bhagavā āṇāpeti – ‘imassānanda, āgantukassa bhikkhuno senāsanaṃ paññāpehī’ti, icchati bhagavā tena bhikkhunā saddhiṃ ekavihāre vatthuṃ, icchati bhagavā āyasmatā soṇena saddhiṃ ekavihāre vatthu’’nti. Yasmiṃ vihāre bhagavā viharati, tasmiṃ vihāre āyasmato soṇassa senāsanaṃ paññāpesi.
566那时,世尊在户外静坐了深夜的大部分时光,然后洗了脚,进了精舍。大德索那也在户外静坐了深夜的大部分时光,然后洗了脚,进了精舍。
那时,在夜尽将明的时候,世尊起身,对大德索那说:“比丘,你心里想到什么法,就说出来吧。”
Atha kho bhagavā bahudeva rattiṃ abbhokāse nisajjāya vītināmetvā pāde pakkhāletvā vihāraṃ pāvisi. Āyasmāpi kho soṇo bahudeva rattiṃ abbhokāse nisajjāya vītināmetvā pāde pakkhāletvā vihāraṃ pāvisi. Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya āyasmantaṃ soṇaṃ ajjhesi – ‘‘paṭibhātu taṃ bhikkhu dhammo bhāsitu’’nti.
567“好的,大德。”大德索那答应了世尊,用吟诵调把所有十六首《八颂偈品》的偈子完整地唱了出来。
等大德索那唱完,世尊赞叹说:“好,好,比丘!这十六首《八颂偈品》的偈子,你记诵得好,理解得透,把握得牢。你还有一副好嗓音,清晰、不沙哑,能把意思讲明白。比丘,你出家多少年了?”
“世尊,我出家一年了。”
“比丘,那你怎么等了这么久呢?”
“大德,我早就看到欲乐的过患了;只不过,在家生活太拥挤,事情太多,要做的太多了。”
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā soṇo bhagavato paṭissutvā soḷasa aṭṭhakavaggikāni sabbāneva sarena abhaṇi. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmato soṇassa sarabhaññapariyosāne abbhanumodi – ‘‘sādhu sādhu, bhikkhu, suggahitāni te, bhikkhu, soḷasa aṭṭhakavaggikāni sumanasikatāni sūpadhāritāni, kalyāṇiyāsi vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagaḷāya atthassa viññāpaniyā. Kati vassosi tvaṃ, bhikkhū’’ti? ‘‘Ekavasso ahaṃ bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Kissa pana tvaṃ , bhikkhu, evaṃ ciraṃ akāsī’’ti? ‘‘Ciraṃ diṭṭho me, bhante, kāmesu ādīnavo; api ca sambādho gharāvāso bahukicco bahukaraṇīyo’’ti.
568那时,世尊知道这个意义后,在那个时刻诵出了这首感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
569“看见了世间的过患, 知道了无执着的法;
‘‘Disvā ādīnavaṃ loke, ñatvā dhammaṃ nirūpadhiṃ;
570圣者不欢喜于恶,清净者不欢喜于恶。第六经终。
Ariyo na ramatī pāpe, pāpe na ramatī sucī’’ti. chaṭṭhaṃ;
5717. 疑惑雷瓦达经
7. Kaṅkhārevatasuttaṃ
47如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园。那时候,舍卫城的人们大多过度沉溺在欲乐之中,他们迷恋、贪染、执取、粘着、深陷其中,在欲乐里活得昏头昏脑。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sāvatthiyā manussā yebhuyyena kāmesu ativelaṃ sattā ( ) rattā giddhā gadhitā mucchitā ajjhopannā sammattakajātā kāmesu viharanti.
573世尊看见离婆多尊者在不远处盘腿坐着,身体挺直,正在观察自己那超越疑惑的清净。
Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ kaṅkhārevataṃ avidūre nisinnaṃ pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya attano kaṅkhāvitaraṇavisuddhiṃ paccavekkhamānaṃ.
574那时,世尊知道了这件事的意义,就在那个时刻,发出了这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
575任何疑惑——无论是对此世还是他世,
‘‘Yā kāci kaṅkhā idha vā huraṃ vā,
576对自己所感受的或他人所感受的;
Sakavediyā vā paravediyā vā;
577那些禅修者舍弃这一切,
Ye jhāyino tā pajahanti sabbā,
578精进努力,过着梵行生活。' 第七经。
Ātāpino brahmacariyaṃ carantā’’ti. sattamaṃ;
5798. 破僧经
8. Saṅghabhedasuttaṃ
48如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在王舍城的竹林松鼠喂养处。那时,尊者阿难在那天的布萨日,早晨穿好下衣,拿着钵和袈裟,进入王舍城去托钵乞食。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ānando tadahuposathe pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi.
581提婆达多看见尊者阿难在王舍城托钵行走。看到后,就走近尊者阿难;走近后,对尊者阿难这样说:'阿难贤友,从今天起,我将脱离世尊、脱离比丘僧团,自行举行布萨和僧团事务。'
Addasā kho devadatto āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ rājagahe piṇḍāya carantaṃ. Disvāna yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ajjatagge dānāhaṃ, āvuso ānanda, aññatreva bhagavatā aññatra bhikkhusaṅghā uposathaṃ karissāmi saṅghakammāni cā’’ti.
582于是,尊者阿难在王舍城托钵行走后,饭后从托钵乞食处回来,走近世尊;走近后,敬礼世尊,然后坐在一边。尊者阿难坐在一边后,对世尊这样说:
Atha kho āyasmā ānando rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –
583'尊者,今天早晨我穿好下衣,拿着钵和袈裟,进入王舍城去托钵乞食。尊者,提婆达多看见我在王舍城托钵行走。看到后,就走近我;走近后,对我说:“阿难贤友,从今天起,我将脱离世尊、脱离比丘僧团,自行举行布萨和僧团事务。”尊者,今天提婆达多将会分裂僧团,还会自行举行布萨和僧团事务。'
‘‘Idhāhaṃ, bhante, pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Addasā kho maṃ, bhante, devadatto rājagahe piṇḍāya carantaṃ. Disvāna yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṃ etadavoca – ‘ajjatagge dānāhaṃ, āvuso ānanda, aññatreva bhagavatā aññatra bhikkhusaṅghā uposathaṃ karissāmi saṅghakammāni cā’ti. Ajja, bhante, devadatto saṅghaṃ bhindissati, uposathañca karissati saṅghakammāni cā’’ti.
584当时,世尊领会了这件事的意义,就在那个时刻,有感而发,这样说道:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
585“善人做善事,是容易的;善人做恶事,很难。
‘‘Sukaraṃ sādhunā sādhu, sādhu pāpena dukkaraṃ ;
586恶人做恶事,是容易的;圣者们做恶事,很难。” 第八经。
Pāpaṃ pāpena sukaraṃ, pāpamariyehi dukkara’’nti. aṭṭhamaṃ;
5879. 喧哗经
9. Sadhāyamānasuttaṃ
49如是我闻:有一次,世尊与大比丘僧团一起,在拘萨罗国游化。那时,有一群年轻的婆罗门学生,结伴说笑着从离世尊不远的地方经过。世尊看见了那群年轻的婆罗门学生,正结伴说笑从不远处经过。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṃ carati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā māṇavakā bhagavato avidūre sadhāyamānarūpā atikkamanti. Addasā kho bhagavā sambahule māṇavake avidūre sadhāyamānarūpe atikkante.
589那时,世尊知道了这层义理后,在那个时刻,说出了这首感兴偈:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
590“那些说话看似聪明、巧舌如簧的人,其实已经忘失了正道。
‘‘Parimuṭṭhā paṇḍitābhāsā, vācāgocarabhāṇino;
591第九经。他们所渴求的那么多,却不知道是被什么引导。
Yāvicchanti mukhāyāmaṃ, yena nītā na taṃ vidū’’ti. navamaṃ;
59210. 朱腊般踏咖经
10. Cūḷapanthakasuttaṃ
50如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园。那时,尊者大迦旃延在世尊附近坐着,他盘着腿,端正身体,将正念持续稳固地安放在面前的自身内。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahākaccāno bhagavato avidūre nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya kāyagatāya satiyā ajjhattaṃ parimukhaṃ sūpaṭṭhitāya.
594世尊看见具寿小般陀迦在不远处盘腿坐着,身体挺得直直的,把正念安放在面前。
Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ cūḷapanthakaṃ avidūre nisinnaṃ pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā.
595那时,世尊明白了这个道理,就在那一刻发出了这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
596"身体安稳,心也安稳,
‘‘Ṭhitena kāyena ṭhitena cetasā,
597无论是站着、坐着,还是躺着;
Tiṭṭhaṃ nisinno uda vā sayāno;
598这位比丘建立起这种念,
Etaṃ satiṃ bhikkhu adhiṭṭhahāno,
599就能获得渐次的殊胜;
Labhetha pubbāpariyaṃ visesaṃ;
600获得了渐次的殊胜之后,
Laddhāna pubbāpariyaṃ visesaṃ,
601他就能去到死神看不见的地方’。 第十。
Adassanaṃ maccurājassa gacche’’ti. dasamaṃ;
602它的摄颂:
Tassuddānaṃ –
603索那品第五完
Soṇavaggo pañcamo niṭṭhito.
604其摄颂——
Tassuddānaṃ –
605可爱经、短命者经、麻风病人经、男孩们经、布萨经。
Piyo appāyukā kuṭṭhī, kumārakā uposatho;
606索诺与雷瓦多,还有贝多,萨达与般陀伽也在。
Soṇo ca revato bhedo, sadhāya panthakena cāti.
6076. 生盲品
6. Jaccandhavaggo
6081. 寿行舍弃经
1. Āyusaṅkhārossajjanasuttaṃ
51如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在毘舍离的大林重阁讲堂。那时,世尊在午前时分,穿好下衣,拿了衣钵,进入毘舍离托钵乞食。在毘舍离托钵乞食后,吃完饭,从乞食回来,便对具寿阿难说:“阿难,拿着坐布。我们要前往遮帕罗塔庙那里,在那儿住白天。”
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Vesāliyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaṇhāhi, ānanda, nisīdanaṃ. Yena cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ tenupasaṅkamissāma divāvihārāyā’’ti.
610“是的,尊者。”具寿阿难回应世尊后,拿了坐布,紧跟在世尊身后。于是,世尊就前往遮帕罗塔庙。到了之后,在铺好的座位上坐下。世尊坐下后,对具寿阿难说:
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā nisīdanaṃ ādāya bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi. Atha kho bhagavā yena cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi –
611“阿难,毘舍离令人喜爱,乌德纳塔庙令人喜爱,乔达摩格塔庙令人喜爱,萨昙婆塔庙令人喜爱,巴胡普陀塔庙令人喜爱,萨兰达达塔庙令人喜爱,遮帕罗塔庙令人喜爱。阿难,无论任何人,只要四神足已修习、已多修习、已作为车乘、已作为基础、已稳固建立、已熟练、已妥善精勤,他如果愿意,可以住世一劫,或超过一劫。阿难,如来的四神足已修习、已多修习、已作为车乘、已作为基础、已稳固建立、已熟练、已妥善精勤。阿难,如来如果愿意,可以住世一劫,或超过一劫。”
‘‘Ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī; ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ; ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ; ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ cetiyaṃ; ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ; ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ; ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda , cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno ( ) kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā. Ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’’ti.
612即使世尊做出了这么明显的示意,显现出这么明显的征兆,具寿阿难还是没能领悟,没有向世尊恳求:“尊者,请世尊住世一劫吧!请善逝住世一劫吧!为了众多人的利益、为了众多人的安乐、出于对世间的悲悯、为了天与人的福祉、利益与安乐。”因为他的心被魔罗所笼罩。第二次,世尊也对具寿阿难说……(中略)……第三次,世尊又对具寿阿难说:
Evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne, oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne, nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ; na bhagavantaṃ yāci – ‘‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ; tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti, yathā taṃ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto . Dutiyampi kho…pe… tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi –
613“阿难,毘舍离令人喜爱,乌德纳塔庙令人喜爱,乔达摩格塔庙令人喜爱,萨昙婆塔庙令人喜爱,巴胡普陀塔庙令人喜爱,萨兰达达塔庙令人喜爱,遮帕罗塔庙令人喜爱。阿难,无论任何人,只要四神足已修习、已多修习、已作为车乘、已作为基础、已稳固建立、已熟练、已妥善精勤,他如果愿意,可以住世一劫,或超过一劫。阿难,如来的四神足已修习、已多修习、已作为车乘、已作为基础、已稳固建立、已熟练、已妥善精勤。阿难,如来如果愿意,可以住世一劫,或超过一劫。”
‘‘Ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī; ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ; ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ; ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ cetiyaṃ; ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ; ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ; ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā. Ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’’ti.
614就这样,尊者阿难即使在世尊给出如此明显的暗示、发出如此明显的征兆时,也没能领悟;他没有请求世尊:'尊者,世尊,请再住世一劫吧;善逝,为了大众的利益、为了大众的安乐、出于对世间的悲悯、为了天人福祉与安乐,请再住世一劫吧。'因为他的心被魔罗控制了。
Evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne, oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne, nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ; na bhagavantaṃ yāci – ‘‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ; tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti, yathā taṃ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto.
615于是,世尊对尊者阿难说:'阿难,你走吧,现在你觉得怎么合适就怎么做吧。'尊者阿难回答说:'好的,尊者。'便从座位上起身,向世尊行礼,右绕之后,在不远处的一棵树下坐着。
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, yassadāni kālaṃ maññasī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā avidūre aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi.
616尊者阿难离开后不久,邪恶的魔罗便来到世尊那里。他走上前来,站在一旁。站在一旁后,邪恶的魔罗对世尊这样说:
Atha kho māro pāpimā, acirapakkante āyasmante ānande, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho māro pāpimā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –
617'尊者,世尊,现在是时候般涅槃了;善逝,是时候般涅槃了。尊者,现在是世尊般涅槃的时候了。尊者,世尊曾说过这样的话:'魔罗,只要我的弟子比丘们还不是贤明的、受过训练的、自信的、多闻的、持法的、依法而行的、正确修行的、随法而行的,还不能在学了自己的法义后,把它讲出来、宣说出来、阐明出来、确立起来、揭示出来、分解出来、清楚展示出来,还不能用正法善巧地彻底驳斥生起的异论、然后展现神变说法,我就不会入般涅槃。'可是尊者,现在世尊的弟子比丘们已经是贤明的、受过训练的、自信的、多闻的、持法的、依法而行的、正确修行的、随法而行的,已经在学了自己的法义后,把它讲出来、宣说出来、阐明出来、确立起来、揭示出来、分解出来、清楚展示出来,已经能用正法善巧地彻底驳斥生起的异论、然后展现神变说法了。尊者,世尊,现在是时候般涅槃了;善逝,是时候般涅槃了。尊者,现在是世尊般涅槃的时候了。
‘‘Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā; parinibbātu sugato; parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato. Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante bhikkhū bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā; parinibbātu sugato; parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato.
618“尊者,世尊曾说过这样的话:‘波旬,在我的女居士弟子们尚未变得聪明、训练有素、自信、博学多闻、持守教法、依法修行、正确实践、随法而行,能够学会自己老师的教导后,宣说、讲解、阐明、确立、揭示、剖析、澄清,能以正法善巧地驳倒、折服生起的异论,并宣说具有神变力的教法之前,我不会入般涅槃。’尊者,如今世尊的女居士弟子们已经聪明、训练有素、自信、博学多闻、持守教法、依法修行、正确实践、随法而行,学会自己老师的教导后,能够宣说、讲解、阐明、确立、揭示、剖析、澄清,能以正法善巧地驳倒、折服生起的异论,并宣说具有神变力的教法了。尊者世尊,现在是入般涅槃的时候了;善逝,入般涅槃吧;尊者世尊,现在是入般涅槃的时候了。”
‘‘Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, upāsikā bhagavato sāvikā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā; parinibbātu sugato; parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato.
619“尊者,世尊曾说过这样的话:‘波旬,在我的梵行尚未兴旺、繁荣、广传、遍及众人、广泛流传,尚未被天和人很好地宣说之前,我不会入般涅槃。’尊者,如今世尊的梵行已经兴旺、繁荣、广传、遍及众人、广泛流传,已被天和人很好地宣说了。尊者世尊,现在是入般涅槃的时候了;善逝,入般涅槃吧;尊者世尊,现在是入般涅槃的时候了。”
‘‘Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na iddhañceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsita’nti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante , bhagavato brahmacariyaṃ iddhañceva phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṃ. Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā; parinibbātu sugato; parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato’’ti.
620'尊者,世尊曾说过这样的话:'魔罗,只要我的弟子比丘尼们还不是贤明的、受过训练的、自信的、多闻的、持法的、依法而行的、正确修行的、随法而行的,还不能在学了自己的法义后,把它讲出来、宣说出来、阐明出来、确立起来、揭示出来、分解出来、清楚展示出来,还不能用正法善巧地彻底驳斥生起的异论、然后展现神变说法,我就不会入般涅槃。'可是尊者,现在世尊的弟子比丘尼们已经是贤明的、受过训练的、自信的、多闻的、持法的、依法而行的、正确修行的、随法而行的,已经在学了自己的法义后,把它讲出来、宣说出来、阐明出来、确立起来、揭示出来、分解出来、清楚展示出来,已经能用正法善巧地彻底驳斥生起的异论、然后展现神变说法了。尊者,世尊,现在是时候般涅槃了;善逝,是时候般涅槃了。尊者,现在是世尊般涅槃的时候了。
‘‘Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante , bhikkhuniyo bhagavato sāvikā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā; parinibbātu sugato; parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato.
621'尊者,世尊曾说过这样的话:'魔罗,只要我的男居士弟子们还不是贤明的、受过训练的、自信的、多闻的、持法的、依法而行的、正确修行的、随法而行的,还不能在学了自己的法义后,把它讲出来、宣说出来、阐明出来、确立起来、揭示出来、分解出来、清楚展示出来,还不能用正法善巧地彻底驳斥生起的异论、然后展现神变说法,我就不会入般涅槃。'可是尊者,现在世尊的男居士弟子们已经是贤明的、受过训练的、自信的、多闻的、持法的、依法而行的、正确修行的、随法而行的,已经在学了自己的法义后,把它讲出来、宣说出来、阐明出来、确立起来、揭示出来、分解出来、清楚展示出来,已经能用正法善巧地彻底驳斥生起的异论、然后展现神变说法了。尊者,世尊,现在是时候般涅槃了;善逝,是时候般涅槃了。尊者,现在是世尊般涅槃的时候了。
‘‘Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, upāsakā bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā; parinibbātu sugato; parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato.
622听了这话,世尊对魔王波旬说:“波旬,你不用操心了。如来的般涅槃不会太久了。从现在起,三个月之后,如来将入般涅槃。”
Evaṃ vutte, bhagavā māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘appossukko tvaṃ, pāpima, hohi. Na ciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’’ti.
623于是,世尊在遮帕罗神塔处,正念、清晰地放弃了寿行。当世尊放弃寿行时,发生了大地震,恐怖惊悚,令人毛骨悚然,天鼓也擂响了。
Atha kho bhagavā cāpāle cetiye sato sampajāno āyusaṅkhāraṃ ossajji. Ossaṭṭhe ca bhagavatā āyusaṅkhāre mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṃsanako lomahaṃso, devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu.
624那时,世尊知道了这件事的意义,就在那个时刻,发出这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
625“可衡量与不可衡量的生成,
‘‘Tulamatulañca sambhavaṃ,
626牟尼舍弃了再有之行的冲动,
Bhavasaṅkhāramavassaji muni;
627他内心喜悦,已得安止,
Ajjhattarato samāhito,
628冲破了如同铠甲般的自我分别。第一品。
Abhindi kavacamivattasambhava’’nti. paṭhamaṃ;
6292. 七结发者经
2. Sattajaṭilasuttaṃ
52如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园。那时候,有许多各种外道的沙门、婆罗门、游行者,也住在舍卫城。他们持有不同的见解,有不同的信仰,有不同的喜好,各自依止着不同的见地。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā nānātitthiyasamaṇabrāhmaṇaparibbājakā sāvatthiyaṃ paṭivasanti nānādiṭṭhikā nānākhantikā nānārucikā nānādiṭṭhinissayanissitā.
631就在那时,有七个结髻外道、七个尼乾陀、七个裸形外道、七个只穿一件衣的、七个游方僧,个个留着长长的腋毛和指甲,带着各种包袱,从离世尊不远的地方经过。
Tena kho pana samayena satta ca jaṭilā, satta ca nigaṇṭhā, satta ca acelakā, satta ca ekasāṭakā, satta ca paribbājakā, parūḷhakacchanakhalomā khārivividhamādāya bhagavato avidūre atikkamanti.
632高沙拉国的巴谢那地王看见了那七个结髻外道、七个尼乾陀、七个裸形外道、七个只穿一件衣的、七个游方僧,留着长长的腋毛和指甲,带着各种包袱,从离世尊不远的地方经过。看见之后,他从座位上站起来,把上衣搭在一肩,右膝跪在地上,向着那七个结髻外道、七个尼乾陀、七个裸形外道、七个只穿一件衣的、七个游方僧的方向,合掌致敬,并三次报上自己的名字:‘尊者们,我是高沙拉国的巴谢那地王;尊者们,我是高沙拉国的巴谢那地王;尊者们,我是高沙拉国的巴谢那地王。’
Addasā kho rājā pasenadi kosalo te satta ca jaṭile, satta ca nigaṇṭhe, satta ca acelake, satta ca ekasāṭake, satta ca paribbājake , parūḷhakacchanakhalome khārivividhamādāya bhagavato avidūre atikkamante. Disvāna uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā dakkhiṇajāṇumaṇḍalaṃ pathaviyaṃ nihantvā yena te satta ca jaṭilā, satta ca nigaṇṭhā, satta ca acelakā, satta ca ekasāṭakā, satta ca paribbājakā, tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṃ nāmaṃ sāvesi – ‘‘rājāhaṃ, bhante, pasenadi kosalo; rājāhaṃ, bhante, pasenadi kosalo; rājāhaṃ, bhante, pasenadi kosalo’’ti.
633那时,在那些七位结髻外道众、七位裸形外道、七位无衣者、七位单衣者、七位游行者离开后不久,憍萨罗国波斯匿王就去世尊那里。到了之后,向世尊礼敬,然后坐在一旁。坐在一旁的憍萨罗国波斯匿王对世尊这样说:‘大德,这世间的阿拉汉,或者已进入阿拉汉道的人,这些人就在他们之中吧?’
Atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo acirapakkantesu tesu sattasu ca jaṭilesu, sattasu ca nigaṇṭhesu, sattasu ca acelakesu, sattasu ca ekasāṭakesu, sattasu ca paribbājakesu, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ye kho bhante, loke arahanto vā arahattamaggaṃ vā samāpannā ete tesaṃ aññatare’’ti .
634‘大王,你是过在家生活、享受欲乐的人,住在儿女拥挤的住处,享受迦尸国的旃檀香,穿戴花鬘、香水、涂油,接受金银——由你来判断“这些是阿拉汉,这些是进入了阿拉汉道的人”,这确实很难啊。’
‘‘Dujjānaṃ kho etaṃ, mahārāja, tayā gihinā kāmabhoginā puttasambādhasayanaṃ ajjhāvasantena kāsikacandanaṃ paccanubhontena mālāgandhavilepanaṃ dhārayantena jātarūparajataṃ sādiyantena – ime vā arahanto, ime vā arahattamaggaṃ samāpannāti.
635‘大王,戒德需要通过共住才能知道,而且那需要长时间,不是短时间;需要用心观察的人,不是不用心观察的人;需要有智慧的人,不是没有智慧的人。大王,清净需要通过交往才能知道,而且那需要长时间,不是短时间;需要用心观察的人,不是不用心观察的人;需要有智慧的人,不是没有智慧的人。大王,力量需要在困境中才能知道,而且那需要长时间,不是短时间;需要用心观察的人,不是不用心观察的人;需要有智慧的人,不是没有智慧的人。大王,智慧需要通过讨论才能知道,而且那需要长时间,不是短时间;需要用心观察的人,不是不用心观察的人;需要有智慧的人,不是没有智慧的人。’
‘‘Saṃvāsena kho, mahārāja, sīlaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tañca kho dīghena addhunā na ittaraṃ , manasikarotā no amanasikarotā, paññavatā no duppaññena. Saṃvohārena kho, mahārāja, soceyyaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tañca kho dīghena addhunā na ittaraṃ, manasikarotā no amanasikarotā, paññavatā no duppaññena. Āpadāsu kho, mahārāja, thāmo veditabbo. So ca kho dīghena addhunā na ittaraṃ, manasikarotā no amanasikarotā, paññavatā no duppaññena. Sākacchāya kho, mahārāja, paññā veditabbā. Sā ca kho dīghena addhunā na ittaraṃ, manasikarotā no amanasikarotā, paññavatā no duppaññenā’’ti .
636‘太奇妙了,大德!太不可思议了,大德!大德,世尊说得真是太好了——“大王,你是过在家生活……住在儿女拥挤的住处……由你来判断……这确实很难啊。大王,戒德需要通过共住才能知道……智慧需要通过讨论才能知道,而且那需要长时间,不是短时间;需要用心观察的人,不是不用心观察的人;需要有智慧的人,不是没有智慧的人。”’
‘‘Acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante! Yāva subhāsitaṃ cidaṃ , bhante, bhagavatā – ‘dujjānaṃ kho etaṃ, mahārāja, tayā gihinā puttasambādhasayanaṃ ajjhāvasantena kāsikacandanaṃ paccanubhontena mālāgandhavilepanaṃ dhārayantena jātarūparajataṃ sādiyantena – ime vā arahanto, ime vā arahattamaggaṃ samāpannāti. Saṃvāsena kho, mahārāja, sīlaṃ veditabbaṃ…pe… sākacchāya kho, mahārāja, paññā veditabbā. Sā ca kho dīghena addhunā na ittaraṃ, manasikarotā no amanasikarotā, paññavatā no duppaññenā’’’ti.
637‘大德,这些人是我的手下,他们是盗贼,是密探,到各地去侦察之后回来。他们先侦察,我随后再出击。大德,现在,他们要洗掉那身尘土污垢,好好沐浴,好好涂抹香油,修剪好须发,穿上白色的衣服,具足五欲功德,尽情享受了。’
‘‘Ete, bhante, mama purisā corā ocarakā janapadaṃ ocaritvā gacchanti. Tehi paṭhamaṃ ociṇṇaṃ ahaṃ pacchā osārissāmi . Idāni te, bhante, taṃ rajojallaṃ pavāhetvā sunhātā suvilittā kappitakesamassū odātavatthavasanā pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitā samaṅgibhūtā paricāressantī’’ ti.
638那时,世尊明白了这件事的义理,就在那个时刻发出这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
639一个人不必在所有地方都勉强努力,也不必成为别人的附庸;
‘‘Na vāyameyya sabbattha, nāññassa puriso siyā;
640不必依赖他人而生活,也不该借着法来作买卖。第二品。
Nāññaṃ nissāya jīveyya, dhammena na vaṇiṃ care’’ti. dutiyaṃ;
6413. 省察经
3. Paccavekkhaṇasuttaṃ
53如是我闻:一时,世尊住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园。那时,具寿舍利弗在离世尊不远的地方,结跏趺坐,身体挺直,观察自己内心的寂静。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā sāriputto bhagavato avidūre nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya attano upasamaṃ paccavekkhamāno.
643那时,世尊了知自己已经舍断的许多邪恶不善法,也了知许多修习圆满的善法之后,在那个时刻,说出了这段感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā attano aneke pāpake akusale dhamme pahīne viditvā aneke ca kusale dhamme bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gate tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
644“过去曾有的,那时没有;过去没有的,那时有;
‘‘Ahu pubbe tadā nāhu, nāhu pubbe tadā ahu;
645既不曾有,也不会再有,现在也找不到。”第三品。
Na cāhu na ca bhavissati, na cetarahi vijjatī’’ti. tatiyaṃ;
6464. 第一种种外道经
4. Paṭhamanānātitthiyasuttaṃ
54如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。那时,阿难说·衮丹雅尊者正在离世尊不远的地方,盘腿而坐,挺直身体,观察着由渴爱的灭尽而来的解脱。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā aññāsikoṇḍañño bhagavato avidūre nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttiṃ paccavekkhamāno.
648有一些沙门、婆罗门持这样的说法、这样的见解:'世界是永恒的,只有这个是真的,其他都是虚妄的。'另有一些沙门、婆罗门持这样的说法、这样的见解:'世界不是永恒的,只有这个是真的,其他都是虚妄的。'有一些沙门、婆罗门持这样的说法、这样的见解:'世界是有边际的,只有这个是真的,其他都是虚妄的。'另有一些沙门、婆罗门持这样的说法、这样的见解:'世界是没有边际的,只有这个是真的,其他都是虚妄的。'有一些沙门、婆罗门持这样的说法、这样的见解:'生命就是身体,只有这个是真的,其他都是虚妄的。'另有一些沙门、婆罗门持这样的说法、这样的见解:'生命是生命,身体是身体,不是一回事,只有这个是真的,其他都是虚妄的。'有一些沙门、婆罗门持这样的说法、这样的见解:'如来死后还存在,只有这个是真的,其他都是虚妄的。'另有一些沙门、婆罗门持这样的说法、这样的见解:'如来死后不存在了,只有这个是真的,其他都是虚妄的。'有一些沙门、婆罗门持这样的说法、这样的见解:'如来死后既存在又不存在,只有这个是真的,其他都是虚妄的。'另有一些沙门、婆罗门持这样的说法、这样的见解:'如来死后既非存在也非不存在,只有这个是真的,其他都是虚妄的。'
Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘sassato loko, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santi paneke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘asassato loko, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘antavā loko, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santi paneke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘anantavā loko, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīraṃ, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santi paneke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘aññaṃ jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīraṃ, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā , idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santi paneke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santi paneke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti.
649他们陷入争吵、陷入斗争、陷入辩论,互相用言语的利剑刺来刺去,就这样过日子:'这个法是正法,那个法不是正法;那个法是正法,这个法不是正法。'
Te bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharanti – ‘‘ediso dhammo, nediso dhammo; nediso dhammo, ediso dhammo’’ti.
650于是,众多比丘在午前穿好衣服,拿着衣钵,进入舍卫城乞食。在舍卫城乞食完,饭后从乞食处回来后,就去拜见世尊。见了世尊,顶礼之后,坐在一边。比丘们坐定后,对世尊这样说:
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya pāvisiṃsu. Sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ –
651'尊者,这里有许多各种外道的沙门、婆罗门、游行者,也住在舍卫城。他们持有不同的见解,有不同的信仰,有不同的喜好,各自依止着不同的见地。
‘‘Idha, bhante, sambahulā nānātitthiyasamaṇabrāhmaṇaparibbājakā sāvatthiyaṃ paṭivasanti nānādiṭṭhikā nānākhantikā nānārucikā nānādiṭṭhinissayanissitā.
652'有一些沙门、婆罗门持这样的说法、这样的见解:“世界是永恒的,只有这个是真的,其他都是虚妄的……(省略)……”他们陷入争吵、陷入斗争、陷入辩论,互相用言语的利剑刺来刺去,就这样过日子:“这个法是正法,那个法不是正法;那个法是正法,这个法不是正法。”'
‘‘Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘sassato loko, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti…pe… te bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharanti – ‘ediso dhammo, nediso dhammo; nediso dhammo, ediso dhammo’’’ ti.
653“比丘们,那些异学外道、遍行沙门,他们是盲人、没有眼睛。他们不知道什么是有利益的,不知道什么是没有利益的;不知道什么是正法,不知道什么是非正法。他们不知道什么是有利益的,不知道什么是没有利益的;不知道什么是正法,不知道什么是非正法,就这样,他们陷入争吵、陷入斗争、陷入辩论,用嘴巴当武器互相刺来刺去地过日子,说着:‘法是这样的,法不是那样的;法不是那样的,法是这样的。’”
‘‘Aññatitthiyā, bhikkhave, paribbājakā andhā acakkhukā; atthaṃ na jānanti, anatthaṃ na jānanti, dhammaṃ na jānanti, adhammaṃ na jānanti. Te atthaṃ ajānantā anatthaṃ ajānantā dhammaṃ ajānantā adhammaṃ ajānantā bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharanti – ‘ediso dhammo, nediso dhammo; nediso dhammo, ediso dhammo’’’ti.
654“比丘们,从前,就在这个沙瓦提城里,有一位国王。那时,比丘们,那位国王召唤了一个人来,对他说:‘来吧,你这人,去把沙瓦提城里所有的天生盲人,全都聚到一个地方来。’那人回答:‘好的,大王。’比丘们,那个人答应了国王之后,就把沙瓦提城里所有的天生盲人都带了来,去到国王那里。到了之后,对国王说:‘大王,沙瓦提城里所有的天生盲人,都已经聚齐了。’国王说:‘那么,喂,带那些天生盲人去看看大象吧。’那人回答:‘好的,大王。’比丘们,那个人答应了国王之后,就让那些天生盲人看大象。
‘‘Bhūtapubbaṃ, bhikkhave, imissāyeva sāvatthiyā aññataro rājā ahosi. Atha kho, bhikkhave, so rājā aññataraṃ purisaṃ āmantesi – ‘ehi tvaṃ, ambho purisa, yāvatakā sāvatthiyā jaccandhā te sabbe ekajjhaṃ sannipātehī’ti. ‘Evaṃ, devā’ti kho, bhikkhave, so puriso tassa rañño paṭissutvā yāvatakā sāvatthiyā jaccandhā te sabbe gahetvā yena so rājā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ rājānaṃ etadavoca – ‘sannipātitā kho te, deva, yāvatakā sāvatthiyā jaccandhā’ti . ‘Tena hi, bhaṇe, jaccandhānaṃ hatthiṃ dassehī’ti. ‘Evaṃ, devā’ti kho, bhikkhave, so puriso tassa rañño paṭissutvā jaccandhānaṃ hatthiṃ dassesi.
655“他让一部分天生盲人摸大象的头,说:‘天生盲人们,大象是这样的。’让一部分天生盲人摸大象的耳朵,说:‘天生盲人们,大象是这样的。’让一部分天生盲人摸大象的象牙,说:‘天生盲人们,大象是这样的。’让一部分天生盲人摸大象的鼻子,说:‘天生盲人们,大象是这样的。’让一部分天生盲人摸大象的身体,说:‘天生盲人们,大象是这样的。’让一部分天生盲人摸大象的脚,说:‘天生盲人们,大象是这样的。’让一部分天生盲人摸大象的大腿,说:‘天生盲人们,大象是这样的。’让一部分天生盲人摸大象的尾巴,说:‘天生盲人们,大象是这样的。’让一部分天生盲人摸大象尾巴尖的毛,说:‘天生盲人们,大象是这样的。’”
‘‘Ekaccānaṃ jaccandhānaṃ hatthissa sīsaṃ dassesi – ‘ediso, jaccandhā, hatthī’ti. Ekaccānaṃ jaccandhānaṃ hatthissa kaṇṇaṃ dassesi – ‘ediso, jaccandhā, hatthī’ti. Ekaccānaṃ jaccandhānaṃ hatthissa dantaṃ dassesi – ‘ediso, jaccandhā, hatthī’ti. Ekaccānaṃ jaccandhānaṃ hatthissa soṇḍaṃ dassesi – ‘ediso, jaccandhā, hatthī’ti. Ekaccānaṃ jaccandhānaṃ hatthissa kāyaṃ dassesi – ‘ediso, jaccandhā, hatthī’ti. Ekaccānaṃ jaccandhānaṃ hatthissa pādaṃ dassesi – ‘ediso, jaccandhā, hatthī’ti. Ekaccānaṃ jaccandhānaṃ hatthissa satthiṃ dassesi – ‘ediso, jaccandhā, hatthī’ti. Ekaccānaṃ jaccandhānaṃ hatthissa naṅguṭṭhaṃ dassesi – ‘ediso, jaccandhā, hatthī’ti. Ekaccānaṃ jaccandhānaṃ hatthissa vāladhiṃ dassesi – ‘ediso, jaccandhā, hatthī’’’ti.
656“然后,比丘们,那个人让天生盲人们看完大象之后,就去到国王那里。到了之后,对国王说:‘大王,那些天生盲人已经看过大象了。现在,您看什么时候合适,就怎么办吧。’
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, so puriso jaccandhānaṃ hatthiṃ dassetvā yena so rājā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ rājānaṃ etadavoca – ‘diṭṭho kho tehi, deva, jaccandhehi hatthī; yassa dāni kālaṃ maññasī’ti.
657“接着,比丘们,那位国王就去到那些天生盲人那里。到了之后,对那些天生盲人说:‘天生盲人们,你们看过大象了吗?’他们回答:‘是的,大王,我们看过大象了。’国王说:‘你们说说看,天生盲人们,大象是什么样子的?’
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, so rājā yena te jaccandhā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā te jaccandhe etadavoca – ‘diṭṭho vo, jaccandhā, hatthī’ti ? ‘Evaṃ, deva, diṭṭho no hatthī’ti. ‘Vadetha, jaccandhā, kīdiso hatthī’ti?
658“比丘们,那些摸过大象头的天生盲人,他们这样说:‘大王,大象就像个罐子一样。’”
‘‘Yehi, bhikkhave, jaccandhehi hatthissa sīsaṃ diṭṭhaṃ ahosi, te evamāhaṃsu – ‘ediso, deva, hatthī seyyathāpi kumbho’ti.
659比丘们,那些摸到大象耳朵的先天盲人,他们这样说:'大王,大象就像这样,好比一个簸箕。'
‘‘Yehi, bhikkhave, jaccandhehi hatthissa kaṇṇo diṭṭho ahosi, te evamāhaṃsu – ‘ediso, deva, hatthī seyyathāpi suppo’ti.
660比丘们,那些摸到大象牙齿的先天盲人,他们这样说:'大王,大象就像这样,好比一根桩子。'
‘‘Yehi, bhikkhave, jaccandhehi hatthissa danto diṭṭho ahosi, te evamāhaṃsu – ‘ediso, deva, hatthī seyyathāpi khīlo’ti.
661比丘们,那些摸到大象鼻子的先天盲人,他们这样说:'大王,大象就像这样,好比一根犁柄。'
‘‘Yehi , bhikkhave, jaccandhehi hatthissa soṇḍo diṭṭho ahosi, te evamāhaṃsu – ‘ediso, deva, hatthī seyyathāpi naṅgalīsā’ti.
662比丘们,那些摸到大象身体的先天盲人,他们这样说:'大王,大象就像这样,好比一座谷仓。'
‘‘Yehi, bhikkhave, jaccandhehi hatthissa kāyo diṭṭho ahosi, te evamāhaṃsu – ‘ediso, deva, hatthī seyyathāpi koṭṭho’ti.
663比丘们,那些摸到大象腿的先天盲人,他们这样说:'大王,大象就像这样,好比一根柱子。'
‘‘Yehi , bhikkhave, jaccandhehi hatthissa pādo diṭṭho ahosi, te evamāhaṃsu – ‘ediso, deva, hatthī seyyathāpi thūṇo’ti.
664比丘们,那些摸到大象大腿的先天盲人,他们这样说:'大王,大象就像这样,好比一个臼。'
‘‘Yehi, bhikkhave, jaccandhehi hatthissa satthi diṭṭho hosi, te evamāhaṃsu – ‘ediso, deva, hatthī seyyathāpi udukkhalo’ti.
665比丘们,那些盲人摸到大象鼻尖的,就这样说:'大王,这大象就像捣米杵一样。'
‘‘Yehi, bhikkhave, jaccandhehi hatthissa naṅguṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhaṃ ahosi, te evamāhaṃsu – ‘ediso, deva, hatthī seyyathāpi musalo’ti.
666比丘们,那些盲人摸到大象尾巴毛的,就这样说:'大王,这大象就像扫帚一样。'
‘‘Yehi, bhikkhave, jaccandhehi hatthissa vāladhi diṭṭho ahosi, te evamāhaṃsu – ‘ediso, deva, hatthī seyyathāpi sammajjanī’ti.
667他们就这样'这大象是这样,这大象不是这样;这大象不是这样,这大象是这样'地你一言我一语,互相抡拳打成一团。而那位国王呢,比丘们,却在一旁看得津津有味。
‘‘Te ‘ediso hatthī, nediso hatthī; nediso hatthī, ediso hatthī’’’ti aññamaññaṃ muṭṭhīhi saṃsumbhiṃsu . Tena ca pana, bhikkhave, so rājā attamano ahosi.
668同样地,比丘们,其他外教游方者们也是一群没有眼睛的盲人。他们不知什么有益,不知什么无益;不知什么是法,不知什么是非法。他们不知有益、不知无益,不知法、不知非法,就会陷入争论,生起纠纷,卷入争执,用嘴巴作利刃互相刺伤,就这样过日子:'这法是如此,这法不是如此;这法不是如此,这法是如此。'
‘‘Evameva kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā andhā acakkhukā. Te atthaṃ na jānanti anatthaṃ na jānanti, dhammaṃ na jānanti adhammaṃ na jānanti. Te atthaṃ ajānantā anatthaṃ ajānantā, dhammaṃ ajānantā adhammaṃ ajānantā bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharanti – ‘ediso dhammo, nediso dhammo; nediso dhammo, ediso dhammo’’’ti.
669那时,世尊明白了这个道理,就在那一刻发出这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
670据说,有些沙门和婆罗门,着实粘着在这些见解上;
‘‘Imesu kira sajjanti, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā;
671人们执持片面之见,争执不休。第四经。
Viggayha naṃ vivadanti, janā ekaṅgadassino’’ti. catutthaṃ;
6725. 第二种种外道经
5. Dutiyanānātitthiyasuttaṃ
55如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园。那时,具寿阿难尊者来到世尊那里。到了之后,他礼敬世尊,然后坐在一旁。坐在一旁后,阿难尊者对世尊这样说:
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –
674有些沙门和婆罗门持这样的主张、这样的见解:'我和世间是常住的,只有这是真的,其他都是假的。'但另一些沙门和婆罗门持这样的主张、这样的见解:'我和世间是非常住的,只有这是真的,其他都是假的。'有些沙门和婆罗门持这样的主张、这样的见解:'我和世间既是常住的又是非常住的,只有这是真的,其他都是假的。'但另一些沙门和婆罗门持这样的主张、这样的见解:'我和世间既不是常住的也不是非常住的,只有这是真的,其他都是假的。'有些沙门和婆罗门持这样的主张、这样的见解:'我和世间是自己造成的,只有这是真的,其他都是假的。'但另一些沙门和婆罗门持这样的主张、这样的见解:'我和世间是他人造成的,只有这是真的,其他都是假的。'有些沙门和婆罗门持这样的主张、这样的见解:'我和世间既是自己造成的也是他人造成的,只有这是真的,其他都是假的。'但另一些沙门和婆罗门持这样的主张、这样的见解:'我和世间既不是自己造成的也不是他人造成的,是无因自生的,只有这是真的,其他都是假的。'有些沙门和婆罗门持这样的主张、这样的见解:'乐与苦、我和世间是常住的,只有这是真的,其他都是假的。'但另一些沙门和婆罗门持这样的主张、这样的见解:'乐与苦、我和世间是非常住的,只有这是真的,其他都是假的。'有些沙门和婆罗门持这样的主张、这样的见解:'乐与苦、我和世间既是常住的又是非常住的,只有这是真的,其他都是假的。'但另一些沙门和婆罗门持这样的主张、这样的见解:'乐与苦、我和世间既不是常住的也不是非常住的,只有这是真的,其他都是假的。'有些沙门和婆罗门持这样的主张、这样的见解:'乐与苦、我和世间是自己造成的,只有这是真的,其他都是假的。'但另一些沙门和婆罗门持这样的主张、这样的见解:'乐与苦、我和世间是他人造成的,只有这是真的,其他都是假的。'有些沙门和婆罗门持这样的主张、这样的见解:'乐与苦、我和世间既是自己造成的也是他人造成的,只有这是真的,其他都是假的。'但另一些沙门和婆罗门持这样的主张、这样的见解:'乐与苦、我和世间既不是自己造成的也不是他人造成的,是无因自生的,只有这是真的,其他都是假的。'
Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘sassato attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santi paneke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘asassato attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘sassato ca asassato ca attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santi paneke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘neva sassato nāsassato attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘sayaṃkato attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santi paneke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘paraṃkato attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘sayaṃkato ca paraṃkato ca attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santi paneke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘asayaṃkāro aparaṃkāro adhiccasamuppanno attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘sassataṃ sukhadukkhaṃ attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santi paneke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘asassataṃ sukhadukkhaṃ attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘sassatañca asassatañca sukhadukkhaṃ attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santi paneke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘neva sassataṃ nāsassataṃ sukhadukkhaṃ attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘sayaṃkataṃ sukhadukkhaṃ attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santi paneke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘paraṃkataṃ sukhadukkhaṃ attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti . Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘sayaṃkatañca paraṃkatañca sukhadukkhaṃ attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santi paneke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘asayaṃkāraṃ aparaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti.
675他们陷入争吵、冲突、争论,用言语的利剑互相刺伤,就这样过日子——'这就是法,这不是法;这不是法,这就是法。'
Te bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharanti – ‘‘ediso dhammo, nediso dhammo; nediso dhammo, ediso dhammo’’ti.
676于是,众多比丘在午前穿好衣服,拿着衣钵,进入舍卫城乞食。在舍卫城乞食回来,吃完饭,从乞食的地方返回后,就去到世尊那里。到了之后,向世尊行礼,坐在一边。坐在一边后,那些比丘对世尊这样说:
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya pāvisiṃsu. Sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ –
677“尊者,在这里,有众多各种外道的沙门、婆罗门、游方僧住在沙瓦提城,他们见解不同、信仰不同、兴趣各异,依止于不同的见解。
‘‘Idha, bhante, sambahulā nānātitthiyasamaṇabrāhmaṇaparibbājakā sāvatthiyaṃ paṭivasanti nānādiṭṭhikā nānākhantikā nānārucikā nānādiṭṭhinissayanissitā.
678‘有些沙门和婆罗门持这样的主张、这样的见解:“我和世间是常住的,只有这是真的,其他都是假的。”……他们陷入争吵、冲突、争论,用言语的利剑互相刺伤,就这样过日子——“这就是法,这不是法;这不是法,这就是法。”’
‘‘Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘sassato attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti …pe… te bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharanti – ‘ediso dhammo, nediso dhammo; nediso dhammo, ediso dhammo’’’ti.
679“比丘们,那些外道游方僧就像盲人,没有眼睛。他们不知道什么是有益的,不知道什么是有害的,不知道什么是法,不知道什么是非法。他们不知道有益、不知道有害、不知道法、不知道非法,就陷入争吵、冲突、争论,用言语的利剑互相刺伤,就这样过日子——‘这就是法,这不是法;这不是法,这就是法。’”
‘‘Aññatitthiyā, bhikkhave, paribbājakā andhā acakkhukā. Te atthaṃ na jānanti anatthaṃ na jānanti, dhammaṃ na jānanti adhammaṃ na jānanti. Te atthaṃ ajānantā anatthaṃ ajānantā, dhammaṃ ajānantā adhammaṃ ajānantā bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharanti – ‘ediso dhammo, nediso dhammo; nediso dhammo, ediso dhammo’’’ti.
680那时,世尊明白了这件事,就在那个时刻有感而发,说出了这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
681“确实有些沙门婆罗门,执着于这些见解;
‘‘Imesu kira sajjanti, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā;
682他们半途就沉没了,还没到达便陷入黑暗。”
Antarāva visīdanti, appatvāva tamogadha’’nti. pañcamaṃ;
6836. 第三种种外道经
6. Tatiyanānātitthiyasuttaṃ
56如是我闻:一时,世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。那时,阿难尊者在傍晚时分,从静处禅修起来,去到世尊那里;到了之后,向世尊礼敬,然后坐在一旁。坐下后,阿难尊者对世尊这样说:“真是稀有啊,尊者!真是不可思议啊,尊者!世尊的母亲寿命竟然这么短,世尊出生才七天,母亲就去世了,投生到了兜率天。”
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Atha kho āyasmā ānando sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante! Yāva appāyukā hi, bhante, bhagavato mātā ahosi, sattāhajāte bhagavati bhagavato mātā kālamakāsi, tusitaṃ kāyaṃ upapajjī’’ti.
685有一些沙门和婆罗门持这样的说法、这样的见解:'我和世间是常存的,只有这个是真的,其他都是虚妄。'又有一些沙门和婆罗门持这样的说法、这样的见解:'我和世间是无常的,只有这个是真的,其他都是虚妄。'有一些沙门和婆罗门持这样的说法、这样的见解:'我和世间既是常又无常,只有这个是真的,其他都是虚妄。'又有一些沙门和婆罗门持这样的说法、这样的见解:'我和世间既不是常也不是无常,只有这个是真的,其他都是虚妄。'有一些沙门和婆罗门持这样的说法、这样的见解:'我和世间是自己造的,只有这个是真的,其他都是虚妄。'又有一些沙门和婆罗门持这样的说法、这样的见解:'我和世间是他造的,只有这个是真的,其他都是虚妄。'有一些沙门和婆罗门持这样的说法、这样的见解:'我和世间既是自己造的又是他造的,只有这个是真的,其他都是虚妄。'又有一些沙门和婆罗门持这样的说法、这样的见解:'我和世间既不是自己造的不是他造的,是无因而生的,只有这个是真的,其他都是虚妄。'有一些沙门和婆罗门持这样的说法、这样的见解:'苦乐、我和世间都是常存的,只有这个是真的,其他都是虚妄。'又有一些沙门和婆罗门持这样的说法、这样的见解:'苦乐、我和世间都是无常的,只有这个是真的,其他都是虚妄。'有一些沙门和婆罗门持这样的说法、这样的见解:'苦乐、我和世间既是常又无常,只有这个是真的,其他都是虚妄。'又有一些沙门和婆罗门持这样的说法、这样的见解:'苦乐、我和世间既不是常也不是无常,只有这个是真的,其他都是虚妄。'有一些沙门和婆罗门持这样的说法、这样的见解:'苦乐、我和世间是自己造的,只有这个是真的,其他都是虚妄。'又有一些沙门和婆罗门持这样的说法、这样的见解:'苦乐、我和世间是他造的,只有这个是真的,其他都是虚妄。'有一些沙门和婆罗门持这样的说法、这样的见解:'苦乐、我和世间既是自己造的又是他造的,只有这个是真的,其他都是虚妄。'又有一些沙门和婆罗门持这样的说法、这样的见解:'苦乐、我和世间既不是自己造的又不是他造的,是无因而生的,只有这个是真的,其他都是虚妄。'
Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘sassato attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santi paneke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘asassato attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘sassato ca asassato ca attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santi paneke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘neva sassato nāsassato attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘sayaṃkato attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santi paneke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘paraṃkato attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘sayaṃkato ca paraṃkato ca attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santi paneke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘asayaṃkāro aparaṃkāro adhiccasamuppanno attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘sassataṃ sukhadukkhaṃ attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santi paneke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘asassataṃ sukhadukkhaṃ attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘sassatañca asassatañca sukhadukkhaṃ attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santi paneke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘neva sassataṃ nāsassataṃ sukhadukkhaṃ attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘sayaṃkataṃ sukhadukkhaṃ attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santi paneke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evadiṭṭhino – ‘‘paraṃkataṃ sukhadukkhaṃ attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘sayaṃkatañca paraṃkatañca sukhadukkhaṃ attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti. Santi paneke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘‘asayaṃkāraṃ aparaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti.
686他们陷入争吵、纷争、争论,用话语的利刃互相刺伤,说着:'这个法是对的,那个法不对;那个法是对的,这个法不对。'
Te bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharanti – ‘‘ediso dhammo, nediso dhammo; nediso dhammo, ediso dhammo’’ti.
687那时,众多比丘在上午穿好下衣,拿着钵和衣,进入沙瓦提城托钵。在沙瓦提城托钵后,吃完饭,从托钵回来,便到世尊那里去。到了之后,顶礼世尊,坐在一边。那些比丘坐在一边后,对世尊这样说:
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya pāvisiṃsu. Sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ –
688“尊者,在这里,有许多各种外道的沙门、婆罗门和游行僧住在舍卫城,他们持有不同的见解,有不同的偏好,不同的兴趣,依止于不同的见解。
‘‘Idha, bhante, sambahulā nānātitthiyasamaṇabrāhmaṇaparibbājakā sāvatthiyaṃ paṭivasanti nānādiṭṭhikā nānākhantikā nānārucikā nānādiṭṭhinissayanissitā.
689有些沙门、婆罗门持这样的观点和见解:‘自我和世界是常恒的,只有这是真的,其余都是虚假的’……他们就这样争论、吵架、陷入纷争,互相用言辞的刀子刺来刺去,过着这样的日子——‘这才是法,这不是法;这不是法,这才是法。’
‘‘Santeke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino – ‘sassato attā ca loko ca, idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’nti…pe… te bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharanti – ‘ediso dhammo, nediso dhammo; nediso dhammo, ediso dhammo’’’ti.
690“比丘们,其他外道的遊方者都是瞎眼的、没眼睛的;他们不知道什么是利益,不知道什么不是利益;不知道什么是法,不知道什么不是法。正因为不知道利益和非利益,不知道法和非法,他们陷入争论、吵架、纷争,互相用言辞的刀子刺来刺去,过着这样的日子——‘这才是法,这不是法;这不是法,这才是法。’”
‘‘Aññatitthiyā, bhikkhave, paribbājakā andhā acakkhukā; atthaṃ na jānanti anatthaṃ na jānanti, dhammaṃ na jānanti adhammaṃ na jānanti. Te atthaṃ ajānantā anatthaṃ ajānantā, dhammaṃ ajānantā adhammaṃ ajānantā bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharanti – ‘ediso dhammo, nediso dhammo; nediso dhammo, ediso dhammo’’’ti.
691那时,世尊了知了这件事的含义,就在那个时刻,发出了这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
692“这些众生追逐着我执,与我所执紧紧绑在一起,
‘‘Ahaṅkārapasutāyaṃ pajā, paraṃkārūpasaṃhitā;
693有些人没能看清这些,他们没见到那根刺。
Etadeke nābbhaññaṃsu, na naṃ sallanti addasuṃ.
694“可是,当一个人提前看见那根刺时,
‘‘Etañca sallaṃ paṭikacca passato;
695他就不会有‘是我在做’这样的心念,
Ahaṃ karomīti na tassa hoti;
696他不会有‘是别人在做’这样的心念。”
Paro karotīti na tassa hoti.
697这些人为骄慢所渗透,骄慢的捆绑,骄慢的缠缚;
‘‘Mānupetā ayaṃ pajā, mānaganthā mānavinibaddhā ;
698在各种见解上争论不休,就无法超越轮回。
Diṭṭhīsu sārambhakathā, saṃsāraṃ nātivattatī’’ti. chaṭṭhaṃ;
6997. 苏部帝经
7. Subhūtisuttaṃ
57如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在沙瓦提城的祇陀林给孤独园里。那时候,具寿拉窟恩德葛拔地亚正跟在许多比丘的后面,朝着世尊的方向走来。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā lakuṇḍakabhaddiyo sambahulānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami.
701世尊看见尊者须菩提在不远处坐着,盘腿挺直身体,进入了无寻定。
Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ subhūtiṃ avidūre nisinnaṃ pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya avitakkaṃ samādhiṃ samāpannaṃ.
702那时,世尊了知了这件事的含义,就在那个时刻,发出了这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
703那些寻思已经被吹散,
‘‘Yassa vitakkā vidhūpitā,
704内在的分别已彻底止息;
Ajjhattaṃ suvikappitā asesā;
705他超越了结缚,超越了色想,
Taṃ saṅgamaticca arūpasaññī,
706度脱四种轭,他永不再来了。” 第七经。
Catuyogātigato na jātu metī’’ti . sattamaṃ;
7078. 妓女经
8. Gaṇikāsuttaṃ
58如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在王舍城的竹林精舍,也就是松鼠喂食的那片林子。那时,王舍城里有两伙人,为了某个妓女着了迷、心被拴住了。他们之间起了争吵、起了争执、陷入了纠纷,互相用手打斗,用土块打斗,用棍棒打斗,用刀剑打斗。在那里,有人送了命,也有人遭了濒死般的剧痛。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena rājagahe dve pūgā aññatarissā gaṇikāya sārattā honti paṭibaddhacittā; bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ pāṇīhipi upakkamanti , leḍḍūhipi upakkamanti , daṇḍehipi upakkamanti, satthehipi upakkamanti. Te tattha maraṇampi nigacchanti maraṇamattampi dukkhaṃ.
709那时,许多比丘在午前穿好下衣,拿着钵和上衣,进入舍卫城乞食。在舍卫城乞食结束后,吃过饭,从托钵归来,就去到世尊那里。到了之后,顶礼世尊,然后坐在一边。坐在一边后,这些比丘对世尊这样说:
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya pāvisiṃsu. Sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ –
710“尊者,在这里,王舍城里有两伙人,为了某个妓女着了迷、心被拴住了。他们起了争吵、起了争执、陷入了纠纷,互相用手打斗,用土块打斗,用棍棒打斗,用刀剑打斗。在那里,有人送了命,也有人遭了濒死般的剧痛。”
‘‘Idha, bhante, rājagahe dve pūgā aññatarissā gaṇikāya sārattā paṭibaddhacittā; bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ pāṇīhipi upakkamanti, leḍḍūhipi upakkamanti, daṇḍehipi upakkamanti, satthehipi upakkamanti. Te tattha maraṇampi nigacchanti maraṇamattampi dukkha’’nti.
711那时,世尊明白了这件事的意义,就在那个当下,发出了这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
712“已经得到的和该得到的,这两样都沾满尘垢,对于一个还在苦恼中学习的人来说。那些以学处为精髓、把仪式戒条、活命、梵行和奉事当成精髓的,这是一个极端。那些说‘在感官欲乐里没有过失’的,这是第二个极端。这两个极端都是增长坟墓的,都是增长邪见的。不了解这两个极端的人,有的退缩不前,有的冲过了头。而那些彻底明了之后,不在其中停留,也不以它为‘我的’,对于他们来说,没办法安立任何轮回。”第八经。
‘‘Yañca pattaṃ yañca pattabbaṃ, ubhayametaṃ rajānukiṇṇaṃ, āturassānusikkhato. Ye ca sikkhāsārā sīlabbataṃ jīvitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ upaṭṭhānasārā, ayameko anto. Ye ca evaṃvādino – ‘natthi kāmesu doso’ti, ayaṃ dutiyo anto. Iccete ubho antā kaṭasivaḍḍhanā, kaṭasiyo diṭṭhiṃ vaḍḍhenti. Etete ubho ante anabhiññāya olīyanti eke, atidhāvanti eke. Ye ca kho te abhiññāya tatra ca nāhesuṃ, tena ca nāmaññiṃsu, vaṭṭaṃ tesaṃ natthi paññāpanāyā’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
7139. 追逐经
9. Upātidhāvantisuttaṃ
59如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园。那时,有许多各种外道的沙门、婆罗门和游行僧住在舍卫城,他们各自持有不同的见解,有不同的偏好,不同的兴趣,依止于不同的见解。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā nānātitthiyasamaṇabrāhmaṇaparibbājakā sāvatthiyaṃ paṭivasanti nānādiṭṭhikā nānākhantikā nānārucikā nānādiṭṭhinissayanissitā.
715那时,许多飞虫在那油灯里扑来扑去,遭到不幸,遭到灾祸,遭到不幸和灾祸。世尊看见那些许多飞虫在那油灯里扑来扑去,遭到不幸,遭到灾祸,遭到不幸和灾祸。
Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā adhipātakā tesu telappadīpesu āpātaparipātaṃ anayaṃ āpajjanti, byasanaṃ āpajjanti , anayabyasanaṃ āpajjanti . Addasā kho bhagavā te sambahule adhipātake tesu telappadīpesu āpātaparipātaṃ anayaṃ āpajjante, byasanaṃ āpajjante, anayabyasanaṃ āpajjante.
716那时,世尊明白了这其中的意义,在这个时刻发出了这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
717“他们拼命扑过去,却抓不住精髓,”
‘‘Upātidhāvanti na sāramenti,
718人们不断增长新而又新的束缚,
Navaṃ navaṃ bandhanaṃ brūhayanti;
719像飞蛾扑火般堕入其中,
Patanti pajjotamivādhipātakā ,
720这些人固执在所见所闻上。第九经。
Diṭṭhe sute itiheke niviṭṭhā’’ti. navamaṃ;
72110. 生起经
10. Uppajjantisuttaṃ
60如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城的只树给孤独园。那时,尊者须菩提就在世尊不远处坐着,盘起腿,挺直身体,进入了无寻定。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā subhūti bhagavato avidūre nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya avitakkaṃ samādhiṃ samāpajjitvā.
723“尊者,只要如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者还没有出现在世间,那时,其他教派的那些游行者还会受到恭敬、尊重、尊崇、供奉、礼敬,获得衣服、食物、住处、生病所需的药品和资具。但是,尊者,一旦如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者出现在世间,那时,其他教派的那些游行者就不再受到恭敬、尊重、尊崇、供奉、礼敬,也不再获得衣服、食物、住处、生病所需的药品和资具了。尊者,现在受到恭敬、尊重、尊崇、供奉、礼敬,获得衣服、食物、住处、生病所需的药品和资具的,是世尊您自己,还有比丘僧团。”
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhante, tathāgatā loke nuppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā tāva aññatitthiyā paribbājakā sakkatā honti garukatā mānitā pūjitā apacitā lābhino cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. Yato ca kho, bhante, tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā atha aññatitthiyā paribbājakā asakkatā honti agarukatā amānitā apūjitā anapacitā na lābhino cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. Bhagavā yeva dāni, bhante, sakkato hoti garukato mānito pūjito apacito lābhī cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ, bhikkhusaṅgho cā’’ti.
724“正是如此,阿难。阿难,只要如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者还没有出现在世间,那时,其他教派的那些游行者还会受到恭敬、尊重、尊崇、供奉、礼敬,获得衣服、食物、住处、生病所需的药品和资具。但是,阿难,一旦如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者出现在世间,那时,其他教派的那些游行者就不再受到恭敬、尊重、尊崇、供奉、礼敬,也不再获得衣服、食物、住处、生病所需的药品和资具了。现在受到恭敬、尊重、尊崇、供奉、礼敬,获得衣服、食物、住处、生病所需的药品和资具的,正是如来自己,还有比丘僧团。”
‘‘Evametaṃ , ānanda, yāvakīvañca, ānanda, tathāgatā loke nuppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā tāva aññatitthiyā paribbājakā sakkatā honti garukatā mānitā pūjitā apacitā lābhino cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. Yato ca kho, ānanda, tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā atha aññatitthiyā paribbājakā asakkatā honti agarukatā amānitā apūjitā anapacitā na lābhino cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. Tathāgatova dāni sakkato hoti garukato mānito pūjito apacito lābhī cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ, bhikkhusaṅgho cā’’ti.
725那时,世尊明白了这其中的义理后,就在那个时刻,诵出了这首感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
726那个虫子还在发光,
‘‘Obhāsati tāva so kimi,
727只要太阳还没升起;
Yāva na unnamate pabhaṅkaro;
728当辉煌的太阳升起时,
(Sa) verocanamhi uggate,
729它的光芒便熄灭,不再闪耀。
Hatappabho hoti na cāpi bhāsati.
730那些推理者的闪耀,也是如此,
‘‘Evaṃ obhāsitameva takkikānaṃ ,
731只要正自觉者还没有在世间出现,
Yāva sammāsambuddhā loke nuppajjanti;
732那些推论者不能清净,声闻弟子也不能清净,
Na takkikā sujjhanti na cāpi sāvakā,
733邪见者不能从苦解脱。第十经。
Duddiṭṭhī na dukkhā pamuccare’’ti. dasamaṃ;
734它的摄颂:
Tassuddānaṃ –
735其摄颂——
Tassuddānaṃ –
736寿命、结髻、观,三个外道、须菩提;
Āyujaṭilavekkhaṇā, tayo titthiyā subhūti;
737妓女、优婆提第九,出现则是第十。
Gaṇikā upāti navamo, uppajjanti ca te dasāti.
738生盲品第六完
Jaccandhavaggo chaṭṭho niṭṭhito.
7397. 小品
7. Cūḷavaggo
7401. 第一腊昆德咖跋地亚经
1. Paṭhamalakuṇḍakabhaddiyasuttaṃ
61如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园。那时,世尊正在用与涅槃相关的法义开示,教导、鼓励、激发、令比丘们欢喜。在场的比丘们把它放在心上,用心体会,全心专注,侧耳聆听法义。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā bhikkhū nibbānapaṭisaṃyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti. Tedha bhikkhū aṭṭhiṃ katvā manasi katvā sabbaṃ cetaso samannāharitvā ohitasotā dhammaṃ suṇanti.
742那时,矮个子跋提尊者被舍利弗尊者以各种方式,用佛法开示、劝导、鼓励、令心生欢喜的时候,他的心便从各种烦恼中解脱,不再执取。
Atha kho āyasmato lakuṇḍakabhaddiyassa āyasmatā sāriputtena anekapariyāyena dhammiyā kathāya sandassiyamānassa samādapiyamānassa samuttejiyamānassa sampahaṃsiyamānassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucci.
743世尊远远地就看见了具寿拉窟恩德葛拔地亚,他跟在许多比丘后面走来,其貌不扬,长相难看,个子矮小,常常是被比丘们轻视的样子。看过之后,世尊便对比丘们说:
Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ lakuṇḍakabhaddiyaṃ dūratova sambahulānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito āgacchantaṃ dubbaṇṇaṃ duddasikaṃ okoṭimakaṃ yebhuyyena bhikkhūnaṃ paribhūtarūpaṃ . Disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi –
744那时,世尊明白了这其中的义理后,就在那个时刻,诵出了这首感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
745「上上下下、一切处都已彻底解脱,他不再有'我是这个'的见解;
‘‘Uddhaṃ adho sabbadhi vippamutto, ayaṃhamasmīti anānupassī;
746像这样解脱的人,度越了暴流,这是过去从未度过的,他不再受后有。」第一品终。
Evaṃ vimutto udatāri oghaṃ, atiṇṇapubbaṃ apunabbhavāyā’’ti. paṭhamaṃ;
7472. 第二腊昆德咖跋地亚经
2. Dutiyalakuṇḍakabhaddiyasuttaṃ
62如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园。那时,世尊正在用与涅槃相关的法义开示,教导、鼓励、激发、令比丘们欢喜。在场的比丘们把它放在心上,用心体会,全心专注,侧耳聆听法义。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā bhikkhū nibbānapaṭisaṃyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti. Tedha bhikkhū aṭṭhiṃ katvā manasi katvā sabbaṃ cetaso samannāharitvā ohitasotā dhammaṃ suṇanti.
749世尊看到尊者舍利弗把矮个子跋提尊者当成了还在修学的人,正更加频繁地用各种方式,以法语开示来教导他、鼓励他、激发他、让他欢喜。
Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ āyasmantaṃ lakuṇḍakabhaddiyaṃ sekhaṃ maññamānaṃ bhiyyosomattāya anekapariyāyena dhammiyā kathāya sandassentaṃ samādapentaṃ samuttejentaṃ sampahaṃsentaṃ.
750世尊明白了其中的深义后,在那一刻发出了这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
751他斩断了轮回,超越了无欲,渴爱的河流已经枯竭,不再流淌;
‘‘Acchecchi vaṭṭaṃ byagā nirāsaṃ, visukkhā saritā na sandati;
752轮回已经斩断,不再转动,这就是苦的尽头。第二品。
Chinnaṃ vaṭṭaṃ na vattati, esevanto dukkhassā’’ti. dutiyaṃ;
7533. 第一七经
3. Paṭhamasattasuttaṃ
63如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园。那时,世尊正坐着,静观自己如何舍弃了戏论想蕴。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā attano papañcasaññāsaṅkhāpahānaṃ paccavekkhamāno nisinno hoti.
755那时,众多比丘于上午时分著下衣,取钵与衣,入舍卫城托钵。在舍卫城托钵后,食后从托钵处回来,前往世尊之处;到了之后,礼敬世尊,坐于一旁。坐于一旁的那些比丘对世尊如此说:「尊者,这里舍卫城的人们大多于诸欲中过度执着、染着、贪求、缠缚、迷昏、沉溺、陶醉,住于诸欲。」
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya kosambiṃ piṇḍāya pāvisiṃsu. Kosambiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘idha, bhante, rañño utenassa uyyānagatassa antepuraṃ daḍḍhaṃ, pañca ca itthisatāni kālaṅkatāni sāmāvatīpamukhāni. Tāsaṃ, bhante, upāsikānaṃ kā gati ko abhisamparāyo’’ti?
756那时,世尊明白了这个道理,就在那个时候发出了这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
757“沉溺于欲乐的人,执着于欲乐的结缚,
‘‘Kāmesu sattā kāmasaṅgasattā,
758在结缚中看不见过失;
Saṃyojane vajjamapassamānā;
759确实,任何时候那些执着于结缚的人,
Na hi jātu saṃyojanasaṅgasattā,
760绝不可能渡过那广阔巨大的洪流。” 第三。
Oghaṃ tareyyuṃ vipulaṃ mahanta’’nti. tatiyaṃ;
7614. 第二七经
4. Dutiyasattasuttaṃ
64如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园。那时,世尊正用与涅槃相关的法语开示、劝导、激励、鼓舞比丘们。而那些比丘们则全心投入,用心留意,倾注全部心神,侧耳倾听法义。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā bhikkhū nibbānapaṭisaṃyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti. Tedha bhikkhū aṭṭhiṃ katvā, manasi katvā, sabbaṃ cetaso samannāharitvā, ohitasotā dhammaṃ suṇanti.
763那时,世尊在上午穿好下衣,取了钵和上衣,进入憍赏弥城乞食。在憍赏弥乞食后,用餐完毕,从乞食处回来,亲自收拾住处,拿着钵和上衣,没有告知侍者,也没有向比丘僧团告假,独自一人,没有同伴,朝着波利耶林的方向出发游行。他次第游行,最终到达了波利耶林。那时,世尊就住在波利耶林的守护林里的跋陀娑罗树下。
Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya kosambiṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Kosambiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto sāmaṃ senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaramādāya anāmantetvā upaṭṭhākaṃ anapaloketvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ eko adutiyo yena pālileyyakaṃ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena pālileyyakaṃ tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā pālileyyake viharati rakkhitavanasaṇḍe bhaddasālamūle.
764那时,世尊知道了这件事,就在那个时刻发出了这个感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
765被欲乐弄瞎了眼,被网覆盖,被贪爱的帷幕遮蔽,
‘‘Kāmandhā jālasañchannā, taṇhāchadanachāditā;
766被放逸的绳索捆绑,就像鱼儿进了鱼笼的口,
Pamattabandhunā baddhā, macchāva kumināmukhe;
767他们被老与死追逐,就像吃奶的牛犊跟着母亲。" 第四经。
Jarāmaraṇamanventi , vaccho khīrapakova mātara’’nti. catutthaṃ;
7685. 另一位勒拘提咖跋地亚经
5. Aparalakuṇḍakabhaddiyasuttaṃ
65如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园。那时,世尊正用与涅槃相关的法语开示、劝导、激励、鼓舞比丘们。而那些比丘们则全心投入,用心留意,倾注全部心神,侧耳倾听法义。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā bhikkhū nibbānapaṭisaṃyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti. Tedha bhikkhū aṭṭhiṃ katvā manasi katvā sabbaṃ cetaso samannāharitvā ohitasotā dhammaṃ suṇanti.
770世尊看见矮个子跋提尊者,正被舍利弗尊者以各种方式,用佛法开示、劝导、鼓励、令心生欢喜,并且心已从各种烦恼中解脱,不再执取。
Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ lakuṇḍakabhaddiyaṃ āyasmatā sāriputtena anekapariyāyena dhammiyā kathāya sandassiyamānaṃ samādapiyamānaṃ samuttejiyamānaṃ sampahaṃsiyamānaṃ anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ .
771“比丘们,你们有没有看见那位比丘,从远处跟在许多比丘的后面走来,其貌不扬,长相难看,个子矮小,常常被比丘们轻视?” “是的,尊者。”
‘‘Passatha no tumhe, bhikkhave, etaṃ bhikkhuṃ dūratova sambahulānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito āgacchantaṃ dubbaṇṇaṃ duddasikaṃ okoṭimakaṃ yebhuyyena bhikkhūnaṃ paribhūtarūpa’’nti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti.
772“比丘们,这位比丘有大神通、大威德。那种这位比丘之前未曾达到过的定境,并不是容易获得的。善家子弟正是为了这个目标,才正确地离家而出家,去过无家的生活;他就在当下、现世,亲身以证智实现并安住于那无上的、梵行的终极目标。”
‘‘Eso , bhikkhave, bhikkhu mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo. Na ca sā samāpatti sulabharūpā yā tena bhikkhunā asamāpannapubbā. Yassa catthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti tadanuttaraṃ brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatī’’ti.
773那时,世尊知道了这件事的意义,就在那个时刻说出了这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
774“车轴无瑕,覆以白篷,这辆车子正平稳前行。
‘‘Nelaṅgo setapacchādo, ekāro vattatī ratho;
775看啊,他正走来,没有苦恼,斩断了流缚。”第五经。
Anīghaṃ passa āyantaṃ, chinnasotaṃ abandhana’’nti. pañcamaṃ;
7766. 渴爱灭尽经
6. Taṇhāsaṅkhayasuttaṃ
66如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。那时,有好多种外道的沙门、婆罗门、遊方者住在舍卫城,他们各有各的见解,各有各的信仰,各有各的喜好,各自依靠着不同的见解过活。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā nānātitthiyasamaṇabrāhmaṇaparibbājakā sāvatthiyaṃ paṭivasanti nānādiṭṭhikā nānākhantikā nānārucikā nānādiṭṭhinissayanissitā.
778世尊看见阿难说·衮丹雅尊者就在不远处,盘腿而坐,挺直身体,观察着由渴爱的灭尽而来的解脱。
Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ aññāsikoṇḍaññaṃ avidūre nisinnaṃ pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttiṃ paccavekkhamānaṃ.
779“如同铁匠敲打时,燃烧的烈火……
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
780“那个在地里找不到根,没有叶,哪还会有藤蔓的人,
‘‘Yassa mūlaṃ chamā natthi, paṇṇā natthi kuto latā;
781那个坚定的人,已从束缚中解脱,谁有资格去指责他?
Taṃ dhīraṃ bandhanā muttaṃ, ko taṃ ninditumarahati;
782连诸天也赞美他,梵天也尊敬他。第六品。
Devāpi naṃ pasaṃsanti, brahmunāpi pasaṃsito’’ti. chaṭṭhaṃ;
7837. 戏论灭尽经
7. Papañcakhayasuttaṃ
67如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园。那时,离婆多尊者在不远处盘腿坐着,身体挺直,观察着自己那超越疑惑的清净。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā kaṅkhārevato bhagavato avidūre nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya attano kaṅkhāvitaraṇavisuddhiṃ paccavekkhamāno.
785就在那时候,世尊清楚地知道已经舍弃了戏论想蕴,便有感而发,说出这首感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā attano papañcasaññāsaṅkhāpahānaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
786“他不滞留于任何戏论,
‘‘Yassa papañcā ṭhiti ca natthi,
787他已经跨越了系缚和障碍;
Sandānaṃ palighañca vītivatto;
788这位无有渴爱、游行的牟尼,
Taṃ nittaṇhaṃ muniṃ carantaṃ,
789第七经:整个世间都不会轻视他。
Nāvajānāti sadevakopi loko’’ti. sattamaṃ;
7908. 迦旃延经
8. Kaccānasuttaṃ
68“比丘们,末罗子达拔升到空中,在虚空里结跏趺坐,入火界定,出定后般涅槃。他的身体在燃烧时,既没有出现灰烬,也没有出现烟尘。就像酥油或者油在燃烧时,既见不到灰烬,也见不到烟尘;同样,比丘们,末罗子达拔升到空中,在虚空里结跏趺坐,入火界定,出定后般涅槃,他的身体在燃烧时,既没有出现灰烬,也没有出现烟尘。”
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti. ‘‘Bhadante’’ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
792世尊看见了尊者大迦旃延在附近盘腿坐着,端正身体,将正念持续稳固地安放在面前的自身内。
Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ mahākaccānaṃ avidūre nisinnaṃ pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya kāyagatāya satiyā ajjhattaṃ parimukhaṃ sūpaṭṭhitāya.
793那时,世尊知道了这件事,当即发出这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
794“谁能一直保持正念,
‘‘Yassa siyā sabbadā sati,
795持续安住于身体上的正念;
Satataṃ kāyagatā upaṭṭhitā;
796如果没有我的,也没有我所执取的──
No cassa no ca me siyā,
797未来没有我的,也没有我所执取的;
Na bhavissati na ca me bhavissati;
798他次第安住于其中,
Anupubbavihāri tattha so,
799就在当下度越了贪著。”第八经。
Kāleneva tare visattika’’nti. aṭṭhamaṃ;
8009. 水井经
9. Udapānasuttaṃ
69如是我闻:有一次,世尊在末罗国境内游行,与大比丘僧团同行,来到了末罗人一个名叫堵那的婆罗门聚落。堵那的婆罗门居士们听说:“朋友们,释迦族的出家人乔达摩尊者,从释迦族出家,在末罗国境内游行,与比丘大团一起到了堵那。”他们便用草和谷壳把一口井从井口塞得满满的,心想:“别让那些光头沙门喝到水。”
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā mallesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena thūṇaṃ nāma mallānaṃ brāhmaṇagāmo tadavasari. Assosuṃ kho thūṇeyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā – ‘‘samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito mallesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ thūṇaṃ anuppatto’’ti.( ) Udapānaṃ tiṇassa ca bhusassa ca yāva mukhato pūresuṃ – ‘‘mā te muṇḍakā samaṇakā pānīyaṃ apaṃsū’’ti.
802那时,世尊离开道路,走到一棵树旁。来到树下,在铺设好的座位上坐下。坐下之后,世尊唤具寿阿难:“来,阿难,从那口井里打点水给我喝。”
Atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma yena rukkhamūlaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, etamhā udapānā pānīyaṃ āharā’’ti.
803听了这话,阿难尊者对世尊说:“尊者,刚才有大约五百辆车过去了。那条被车轮碾过的河,水又少、又浑、又脏,不停地流着。尊者,离这里不远有一条俱拘陀河,水很清澈、甘甜、清凉、洁净,河岸也很好,是个舒服的地方。世尊可以在那里喝水,也清凉一下身体。”
Evaṃ vutte, āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idāni, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni atikkantāni. Taṃ cakkacchinnaṃ udakaṃ parittaṃ luḷitaṃ āvilaṃ sandati. Ayaṃ, bhante, kukuṭṭhā nadī avidūre acchodakā sātodakā sītodakā setodakā supatitthā ramaṇīyā. Ettha bhagavā pānīyañca pivissati gattāni ca sītīkarissatī’’ti .
804世尊第二次……第三次对阿难尊者说:“来吧,阿难,给我弄点水喝;我渴了,阿难,我想喝水。”“是,尊者!”阿难尊者回应世尊后,拿着钵往那条河走去。这时,那条被车轮碾过、又少、又浑、又脏流淌着的河,在阿难尊者走近的时候,变得清澈、明净、不浑浊地流淌着。
Dutiyampi kho…pe… tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, pānīyaṃ āhara; pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā pattaṃ gahetvā yena sā nadī tenupasaṅkami. Atha kho sā nadī cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā āyasmante ānande upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandati.
805这时,阿难尊者心里想:“真是稀有啊!真是不可思议啊!如来的大神力、大威力!因为这条被车轮碾过、又少、又浑、又脏流淌着的河,在我走近的时候,竟然变得清澈、明净、不浑浊地流淌着!”他用钵取了水,走到世尊那里。走到之后,对世尊说:“真是稀有啊,尊者!真是不可思议啊,尊者!如来的大神力、大威力!因为这条被车轮碾过、又少、又浑、又脏流淌着的河,在我走近的时候,竟然变得清澈、明净、不浑浊地流淌着!世尊请喝水,善逝请喝水。”
Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata, bho, abbhutaṃ vata, bho, tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā! Ayañhi sā nadī cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā mayi upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandatī’’ti!! Pattena pānīyaṃ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā! Ayañhi sā, bhante, nadī cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā mayi upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandati!! Pivatu bhagavā pānīyaṃ , pivatu sugato pānīya’’nti.
806那时,世尊知道了这个道理,便在那时发出这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
807如果永远有水,要井做什么?
‘‘Kiṃ kayirā udapānena,
808如果任何时候都有水,”
Āpā ce sabbadā siyuṃ;
809斩断渴爱之根后,他还会寻找什么心呢?第九品终。
Taṇhāya mūlato chetvā,
810我是这么听说的:有一次,世尊住在高赏弥的乔达摩园。那时候,优填王去花园游玩的时候,后宫着火了,以沙摩伐蒂为首的五百名女子全都丧生了。
Kissa pariyesanaṃ care’’ti. navamaṃ;
81110. 伍迭那经
10. Utenasuttaṃ
70于是,很多比丘在上午穿好衣服,拿着衣钵,到高赏弥城里去托钵乞食。他们在高赏弥城里托钵乞食,吃完饭后,从乞食的地方回来,就去世尊那里。到了之后,向世尊行礼,然后坐在一边。坐在一边后,那些比丘对世尊说:‘尊者,优填王去花园游玩的时候,后宫着火了,以沙摩伐蒂为首的五百名女子全都丧生了。尊者,这些女居士的归宿是什么?她们来世会怎么样呢?’
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kosambiyaṃ viharati ghositārāme. Tena kho pana samayena rañño utenassa uyyānagatassa antepuraṃ daḍḍhaṃ hoti, pañca ca itthisatāni kālaṅkatāni honti sāmāvatīpamukhāni.
813那时,众多比丘在上午穿好下衣,拿了钵和上衣,进入舍卫城托钵。在舍卫城托钵行走后,饭后从托钵归来,他们前往世尊那里。到了之后,礼敬世尊,坐在一边。坐在一边后,那些比丘对世尊这样说:“尊者,这里的舍卫城人,大多数都过度沉浸在欲乐中,贪爱、染着、贪求、系缚、迷醉、深陷,变得疯狂迷醉,生活在欲乐里。”
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisiṃsu. Sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘idha, bhante, sāvatthiyā manussā yebhuyyena kāmesu ativelaṃ sattā rattā giddhā gadhitā mucchitā ajjhopannā sammattakajātā kāmesu viharantī’’ti.
814那时,世尊明白了这件事的意义,就在那个时刻,发出这样的感兴语:
‘‘Santettha, bhikkhave, upāsikāyo sotāpannā, santi sakadāgāminiyo, santi anāgāminiyo. Sabbā tā, bhikkhave, upāsikāyo anipphalā kālaṅkatā’’ti.
815那时,世尊知道了这件事的意义,在那个时刻诵出了这首感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
816世间被无明所连结,看上去像是真的;
‘‘Mohasambandhano loko, bhabbarūpova dissati;
817愚人被依著所缚,被黑暗团团包围;
Upadhibandhano bālo, tamasā parivārito;
818看起来像是恒常的,可对洞察者而言,却什么都没有。” 第十经。
Sassatoriva khāyati, passato natthi kiñcana’’nti. dasamaṃ;
819它的摄颂是:
Tassuddānaṃ –
820其摄颂——
Tassuddānaṃ –
821两篇跋提经、两篇众生经、矮个子跋提经、爱尽经、
Dve bhaddiyā dve ca sattā, lakuṇḍako taṇhākhayo;
822戏论灭尽经、迦旃延经、井经和优填经。
Papañcakhayo ca kaccāno, udapānañca utenoti.
823小品第七完
Cūḷavaggo sattamo niṭṭhito.
8248. 巴吒厘村品
8. Pāṭaligāmiyavaggo
8251. 第一涅槃相应经
1. Paṭhamanibbānapaṭisaṃyuttasuttaṃ
71如是我闻:一时,世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。那时,舍卫城的人们大多沉溺于欲乐,迷恋、贪求、执著、痴迷、沉湎、盲目、疯狂地活在欲乐中。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sāvatthiyā manussā yebhuyyena kāmesu sattā ( ) rattā giddhā gadhitā mucchitā ajjhopannā andhīkatā sammattakajātā kāmesu viharanti.
827那时,世尊知道了这件事的意义,在那个时刻诵出了这首感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
828“比丘们,有这么一个境界,那里没有地,没有水,没有火,没有风;没有空无边处,没有识无边处,没有无所有处,没有非想非非想处;没有这个世界,没有他方世界,也没有日月两者。比丘们,在那里,我说没有来,没有去,没有住,没有死,没有再生;它没有安立处,没有延续,没有所缘——这就是苦的尽头。” 第一经。
‘‘Atthi, bhikkhave, tadāyatanaṃ, yattha neva pathavī, na āpo, na tejo, na vāyo, na ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ, na viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ, na ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ, na nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ, nāyaṃ loko, na paraloko, na ubho candimasūriyā. Tatrāpāhaṃ, bhikkhave, neva āgatiṃ vadāmi , na gatiṃ, na ṭhitiṃ, na cutiṃ, na upapattiṃ; appatiṭṭhaṃ, appavattaṃ, anārammaṇamevetaṃ. Esevanto dukkhassā’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.
8292. 第二涅槃相应经
2. Dutiyanibbānapaṭisaṃyuttasuttaṃ
72如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园。那时,世尊在漆黑的深夜里,坐在露天的地方,油灯正燃烧着。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā rattandhakāratimisāyaṃ abbhokāse nisinno hoti telappadīpesu jhāyamānesu.
831那时,世尊了知这其中的义理后,就在那个时刻,发出了这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
832“这难以看见的,名为无倾斜;因为真实,确实不易看见。”
‘‘Duddasaṃ anataṃ nāma, na hi saccaṃ sudassanaṃ;
833对于知晓者、见到者而言,渴爱已被彻底洞穿,他没有任何执着之物。」第二经。
Paṭividdhā taṇhā jānato, passato natthi kiñcana’’nti. dutiyaṃ;
8343. 第三涅槃相应经
3. Tatiyanibbānapaṭisaṃyuttasuttaṃ
73如是我闻:一时,世尊住在舍卫城东园鹿母讲堂。那时,鹿母毗舍佉有一个可爱称意的孙子去世了。于是,鹿母毗舍佉在大白天,衣服湿透、头发湿透,来到世尊那里。到了之后,向世尊敬礼,坐在一边。世尊对坐在一边的鹿母毗舍佉这样说:
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. Tena kho pana samayena visākhāya migāramātuyā nattā kālaṅkatā hoti piyā manāpā. Atha kho visākhā migāramātā allavatthā allakesā divā divassa yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho visākhaṃ migāramātaraṃ bhagavā etadavoca –
836那时,世尊明白了这件事的原委,就在那个时刻宣说了这首感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
837“比丘们,存在着未生、未有、未造作、未形成。比丘们,如果没有这未生、未有、未造作、未形成,那么对于这已生的、已有的、已造作的、已形成的,就看不到出离的可能。然而,比丘们,正因为它存在,这未生、未有、未造作、未形成,所以对于已生的、已有的、已造作的、已形成的,出离才被看见。”第三经。
‘‘Atthi, bhikkhave, ajātaṃ abhūtaṃ akataṃ asaṅkhataṃ. No cetaṃ, bhikkhave, abhavissa ajātaṃ abhūtaṃ akataṃ asaṅkhataṃ, nayidha jātassa bhūtassa katassa saṅkhatassa nissaraṇaṃ paññāyetha. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, atthi ajātaṃ abhūtaṃ akataṃ asaṅkhataṃ, tasmā jātassa bhūtassa katassa saṅkhatassa nissaraṇaṃ paññāyatī’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.
8384. 第四涅槃相应经
4. Catutthanibbānapaṭisaṃyuttasuttaṃ
74如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园。那时,具寿大目犍连在世尊不远处,盘腿坐着,身体挺得笔直,内心妥善地安立了系念于身的正念。世尊看见具寿大目犍连在不远处盘腿坐着,身体挺得笔直,内心妥善地安立了系念于身的正念。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato avidūre nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya kāyagatāya satiyā ajjhattaṃ sūpaṭṭhitāya. Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ avidūre nisinnaṃ pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya kāyagatāya satiyā ajjhattaṃ sūpaṭṭhitāya.
840那时,世尊明白了这件事的意义,就在那个时刻,发出了这段感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
841“依赖的,有动摇;不依赖的,没有动摇。没有动摇,就有轻安;有轻安,就不会有贪向。没有贪向,就没有来去。没有来去,就没有死生。没有死生,就既不在这个世界,也不在那个世界,也不在两者之间。这就是苦的终结。”
第四经。
‘‘Nissitassa calitaṃ, anissitassa calitaṃ natthi. Calite asati passaddhi, passaddhiyā sati nati na hoti. Natiyā asati āgatigati na hoti. Āgatigatiyā asati cutūpapāto na hoti. Cutūpapāte asati nevidha na huraṃ na ubhayamantarena . Esevanto dukkhassā’’ti. Catutthaṃ.
8425. 准德经
5. Cundasuttaṃ
75如是我闻:有一次,世尊在末罗国游行,与一大群比丘僧团一起,走到了波婆城。就在那里,世尊住在波婆城纯陀铁匠子的芒果树园里。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā mallesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena pāvā tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā pāvāyaṃ viharati cundassa kammāraputtassa ambavane.
844纯陀铁匠子听说了:“世尊好像正在末罗国游行,与一大群比丘僧团一起,到了波婆城,就住在波婆城我的芒果树园里。”于是纯陀铁匠子就去见世尊。到了以后,向世尊礼敬,坐在一边。世尊对坐在一边的纯陀铁匠子以法语教导、劝勉、激励、令欢喜。那时,纯陀铁匠子被世尊以法语教导、劝勉、激励、令欢喜后,对世尊这样说:“尊者,请世尊明天与比丘僧团一起,接受我的饭食供养。”世尊以沉默接受了。
Assosi kho cundo kammāraputto – ‘‘bhagavā kira mallesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pāvaṃ anuppatto pāvāyaṃ viharati mayhaṃ ambavane’’ti. Atha kho cundo kammāraputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena.
845纯陀铁匠子知道世尊接受后,从座位起身,向世尊礼敬,右绕之后离开了。那夜过后,纯陀铁匠子在自己的住处让人准备了精致的嚼食和啖食,还有很多的栴檀树耳,然后派人告诉世尊时间:“尊者,时间到了,饭食准备好了。”
Atha kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho cundo kammāraputto tassā rattiyā accayena sake nivesane paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā pahūtañca sūkaramaddavaṃ bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi – ‘‘kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti.
846那时,世尊在午前时分,穿好下衣,拿著钵和衣,与比丘僧团一起,前往马嘎塔大臣苏尼陀与瓦沙迦罗的住处。到了之后,坐在铺设好的座位上。那时,马嘎塔的大臣苏尼陀与瓦沙迦罗,亲手以精美的硬食与软食,侍奉以佛陀为首的比丘僧团,让他们心满意足。
Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena sunidhavassakārānaṃ magadhamahāmattānaṃ āvasatho tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesuṃ sampavāresuṃ.
847那时,世尊对纯陀铁匠子说:“纯陀,你剩下的栴檀树耳,埋在坑里吧。纯陀,在包括天、魔、梵天的世界里,在包括沙门、婆罗门、天人的众生中,除了如来之外,我看不到有谁能吃了那个之后能好好消化的。”纯陀铁匠子回答世尊:“好的,尊者。”他把剩下的栴檀树耳埋到坑里后,又去世尊那里。到了以后,向世尊礼敬,坐在一边。世尊对坐在一边的纯陀铁匠子以法语教导、劝勉、激励、令欢喜后,从座位起身,离开了。
Atha kho bhagavā cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘yaṃ te, cunda, sūkaramaddavaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ taṃ sobbhe nikhaṇāhi. Nāhaṃ taṃ, cunda, passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya yassa taṃ paribhuttaṃ sammā pariṇāmaṃ gaccheyya aññatra tathāgatassā’’ti . ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato paṭissutvā yaṃ ahosi sūkaramaddavaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ taṃ sobbhe nikhaṇitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
848那时,世尊吃了铁匠纯陀的供养后,生起了剧烈的病痛——是带血痢疾的、濒临死亡的剧痛。世尊就在那里,保持正念、正知,毫不苦恼地忍受着。随后,世尊对具寿阿难说:“来吧,阿难,我们到拘尸那罗去。”“好的,尊者。”具寿阿难回应世尊。
Atha kho bhagavato cundassa kammāraputtassa bhattaṃ bhuttāvissa kharo ābādho uppajji. Lohitapakkhandikā pabāḷhā vedanā vattanti māraṇantikā. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā sato sampajāno adhivāsesi avihaññamāno. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena kusinārā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.
849“我听说,吃了铁匠纯陀的供养后,一位智者遭受到剧烈、濒死的重病。”
‘‘Cundassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā, kammārassāti me sutaṃ;
850贤者遭遇了疾病,强烈的、濒临死亡的。
Ābādhaṃ samphusī dhīro, pabāḷhaṃ māraṇantikaṃ.
851“导师因为吃了猪肉,生起剧病。世尊在病苦中说道:‘我到拘尸那罗城去。’”
‘‘Bhuttassa ca sūkaramaddavena, byādhippabāḷho udapādi satthuno;
852正在排泄时,世尊说:『我前往拘尸那城。』」
Viriccamāno bhagavā avoca, ‘gacchāmahaṃ kusināraṃ nagara’’’nti.
853那时,世尊离开道路,前往某棵树下;抵达后,对具寿阿难说:「来吧,阿难,你为我把僧伽胝折成四层铺设;阿难,我疲倦了,我要坐下。」「是的,世尊。」具寿阿难回答世尊后,把僧伽胝折成四层铺设。世尊坐在已铺设的座位上。坐下后,世尊对具寿阿难说:「来吧,阿难,你为我拿水来;阿难,我口渴了,我要喝。」
Atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma yena aññataraṃ rukkhamūlaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññāpehi; kilantosmi, ānanda, nisīdissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññāpesi. Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, pānīyaṃ āhara; pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī’’ti.
854听了这话,阿难尊者对世尊说:“大德,现在那口井被婆罗门居士们用草和谷壳一直填到了井口,他们说:‘不要那些秃头沙门把水弄脏了。’”
Evaṃ vutte, āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idāni so, bhante, udapāno thūṇeyyakehi brāhmaṇagahapatikehi tiṇassa ca bhusassa ca yāva mukhato pūrito – ‘mā te muṇḍakā samaṇakā pānīyaṃ apaṃsū’’’ti.
855第二次……(省略)……第三次,世尊对阿难尊者说:“喂,阿难,你从那个井给我打点水来。”“是,大德。”阿难尊者应答世尊后,拿着钵,朝那口井走去。就在阿难尊者走近时,那口井把所有的草和谷壳从井口吐了出来,涌满了清净、不浑浊、澄澈的水,一直满到井口,溢流着,就好像那样立着。
Dutiyampi kho…pe… tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, etamhā udapānā pānīyaṃ āharā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā pattaṃ gahetvā yena so udapāno tenupasaṅkami. Atha kho so udapāno āyasmante ānande upasaṅkamante sabbaṃ taṃ tiṇañca bhusañca mukhato ovamitvā acchassa udakassa anāvilassa vippasannassa yāva mukhato pūrito vissandanto maññe aṭṭhāsi.
856这时,阿难尊者心想:“真是稀有啊,真是未曾有啊,如来的大神通、大威力!这口井在我走近时,竟然把所有的草和谷壳从井口吐出来,涌满清净、不浊、澄澈的水,一直满到井口,溢流着立在那里!”他用钵装了水,来到世尊那里;走近后,对世尊这样说:“大德,稀有啊!大德,未曾有啊!如来的大神通、大威力!大德,这口井在我走近时,把所有的草和谷壳从井口吐出来,涌满了清净、不浊、澄澈的水,一直满到井口,溢流着立在那里!请世尊喝水吧,请善逝喝水吧。”
Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata, bho, abbhutaṃ vata, bho, tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā! Ayañhi so udapāno mayi upasaṅkamante sabbaṃ taṃ tiṇañca bhusañca mukhato ovamitvā acchassa udakassa anāvilassa vippasannassa yāva mukhato pūrito vissandanto maññe ṭhito’’ti!! Pattena pānīyaṃ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā! Ayañhi so, bhante, udapāno mayi upasaṅkamante sabbaṃ taṃ tiṇañca bhusañca mukhato ovamitvā acchassa udakassa anāvilassa vippasannassa yāva mukhato pūrito vissandanto maññe aṭṭhāsi!! Pivatu bhagavā pānīyaṃ, pivatu sugato pānīya’’nti.
857那时,世尊喝了水。随后,世尊和庞大的比丘僧团一起前往俱拘陀河。到了之后,世尊进入俱拘陀河,沐浴、喝水,然后上岸,前往一处芒果园。到了芒果园,世尊对纯陀尊者说:“来吧,纯陀,你给我把大衣叠成四层铺好;我累了,纯陀,我要躺下休息。” “是,尊者!”纯陀尊者回应世尊后,把大衣叠成四层铺好。那时,世尊就以狮子卧的姿势,右侧躺下,把脚叠在脚上,保持正念、正知,心里系念着起身的念头。而纯陀尊者就在那里,在世尊面前坐着。
Atha kho bhagavā pānīyaṃ apāyi . Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena kukuṭṭhā nadī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kukuṭṭhaṃ nadiṃ ajjhogāhetvā nhatvā ca pivitvā ca paccuttaritvā yena ambavanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ cundakaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, cundaka, catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññāpehi; kilantosmi, cundaka, nipajjissāmī’’ti . ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā cundako bhagavato paṭissutvā catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññāpesi. Atha kho bhagavā dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappesi pāde pādaṃ accādhāya sato sampajāno uṭṭhānasaññaṃ manasi karitvā. Āyasmā pana cundako tattheva bhagavato purato nisīdi.
858“佛陀走向俱拘陀河,
‘‘Gantvāna buddho nadikaṃ kukuṭṭhaṃ,
859那清澈、甘甜、明净的河水。”
Acchodakaṃ sātudakaṃ vippasannaṃ;
860导师极度疲倦,走入水中,
Ogāhi satthā sukilantarūpo,
861这位世间无与伦比的如来。
Tathāgato appaṭimodha loke.
862沐浴饮水后,导师从水里出来,
‘‘Nhatvā ca pivitvā cudatāri satthā,
863在比丘众的中间,被大家围绕着;
Purakkhato bhikkhugaṇassa majjhe;
864导师、世尊就在这里宣说了法,
Satthā pavattā bhagavā idha dhamme,
865然后大圣前往芒果林。
Upāgami ambavanaṃ mahesi;
866他叫了那位名叫准陀的比丘:
Āmantayi cundakaṃ nāma bhikkhuṃ,
867“给我铺四褶的卧垫,我要躺下。”
Catugguṇaṃ santhara me nipajjaṃ.
868于是,准陀受那位修成有德者督促,
‘‘So codito bhāvitattena cundo,
869很快就铺好了四褶卧垫;
Catugguṇaṃ santhari khippameva;
870极其疲惫的大师躺了下来,
Nipajji satthā sukilantarūpo,
871准陀也在他的跟前坐着。”
Cundopi tattha pamukhe nisīdī’’ti.
872那时,世尊对阿难尊者说:“不过,阿难,可能会有人让铁匠纯陀产生后悔:‘朋友纯陀啊,你真是没福气,你真是倒霉,因为如来吃了你最后供养的饭之后就般涅槃了。’阿难,铁匠纯陀的后悔,应该这样消除:
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho , panānanda, cundassa kammāraputtassa koci vippaṭisāraṃ upadaheyya – ‘tassa te, āvuso cunda, alābhā, tassa te dulladdhaṃ yassa te tathāgato pacchimaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjitvā parinibbuto’ti. Cundassānanda, kammāraputtassa evaṃ vippaṭisāro paṭivinodetabbo –
873“‘朋友纯陀啊,你真是有福气,你真是幸运,因为如来吃了你最后供养的饭之后就般涅槃了。朋友纯陀,这件事是我在世尊面前亲耳听到、亲自领受的:有两种施食的果报相等、异熟相等,远比其他的施食有更大的果报、更大的利益。哪两种呢?如来吃了之后证得无上正自觉的那一餐,以及如来吃了之后在无余涅槃界般涅槃的那一餐。这两种施食的果报相等、异熟相等,远比其他的施食有更大的果报、更大的利益。’
‘‘‘Tassa te, āvuso cunda, lābhā, tassa te suladdhaṃ yassa te tathāgato pacchimaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā parinibbuto. Sammukhā metaṃ, āvuso cunda, bhagavato sutaṃ, sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – dveme piṇḍapātā samasamaphalā samasamavipākā ativiya aññehi piṇḍapātehi mahapphalatarā ca mahānisaṃsatarā ca. Katame dve? Yañca piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, yañca piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati. Ime dve piṇḍapātā samasamaphalā samasamavipākā ativiya aññehi piṇḍapātehi mahapphalatarā ca mahānisaṃsatarā ca.
874“‘纯陀铁匠积集了能带来长寿的业,纯陀铁匠积集了能带来美貌的业,纯陀铁匠积集了能带来快乐的业,纯陀铁匠积集了能带来生天的业,纯陀铁匠积集了能带来名声的业,纯陀铁匠积集了能带来主权的业。’阿难,铁匠纯陀的后悔,应该这样消除。”
‘‘‘Āyusaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, vaṇṇasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, sukhasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, saggasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, yasasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, ādhipateyyasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacita’nti. Cundassānanda, kammāraputtassa evaṃ vippaṭisāro paṭivinodetabbo’’ti.
875那时,世尊了知这件事的道理,就在那个时刻,发出了这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
876“布施之人福增长,
‘‘Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati,
877自制之人不积怨。”
Saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyati;
878那些为苦所逼、衰朽不堪的人,
Aghāvino parijunnā,
879善巧之人舍断恶,
Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakaṃ,
880灭尽贪嗔痴而寂灭。」第五经。
Rāgadosamohakkhayā sanibbuto’’ti . pañcamaṃ;
8816. 巴吒厘村经
6. Pāṭaligāmiyasuttaṃ
76如是我闻:有一次,世尊在摩揭陀国游行,与庞大的比丘僧团一起,来到了巴塔厘村。巴塔厘村的在家信众们听说:「世尊据说在摩揭陀国游行,与庞大的比丘僧团一起,已经到了巴塔厘村。」于是,巴塔厘村的在家信众们就去到世尊那里。到了之后,顶礼世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁后,巴塔厘村的在家信众们对世尊这样说:「尊者,愿世尊接受我们的休息堂。」世尊以沉默的方式接受了。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā magadhesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena pāṭaligāmo tadavasari. Assosuṃ kho pāṭaligāmiyā upāsakā – ‘‘bhagavā kira magadhesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pāṭaligāmaṃ anuppatto’’ti. Atha kho pāṭaligāmiyā upāsakā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho pāṭaligāmiyā upāsakā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘adhivāsetu no, bhante, bhagavā āvasathāgāra’’nti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena.
883那时,巴塔厘村的在家信众们知道世尊接受了,便从座位起身,顶礼世尊,右绕之后,去了那间休息堂。到了之后,他们在休息堂里铺设了所有铺设物,摆好了座位,放置了水罐,点上了油灯,然后去到世尊那里。到了之后,顶礼世尊,站在一旁。站在一旁后,巴塔厘村的在家信众们对世尊这样说:「尊者,休息堂已全部铺设完毕,座位已摆好,水罐已放好,油灯已点上。现在,世尊,请您知时宜。」
Atha kho pāṭaligāmiyā upāsakā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yenāvasathāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā sabbasanthariṃ āvasathāgāraṃ santharitvā āsanāni paññāpetvā udakamaṇikaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā telappadīpaṃ āropetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho pāṭaligāmiyā upāsakā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘sabbasantharisanthataṃ , bhante, āvasathāgāraṃ; āsanāni paññattāni; udakamaṇiko patiṭṭhāpito telappadīpo āropito. Yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī’’ti.
884那时,世尊穿好下衣,拿了衣钵,与比丘僧团一起去了那间休息堂。到了之后,洗了脚,进入休息堂,靠着中央的柱子,面向东方坐下。比丘僧团也洗了脚,进入休息堂,靠着西墙,面向东方坐下,都以世尊为前导。巴塔厘村的在家信众们也洗了脚,进入休息堂,靠着东墙,面向西方坐下,都以世尊为前导。那时,世尊对巴塔厘村的在家信众们说:
Atha kho bhagavā nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena āvasathāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā majjhimaṃ thambhaṃ nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi. Bhikkhusaṅghopi kho pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā pacchimaṃ bhittiṃ nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi bhagavantaṃyeva purakkhatvā. Pāṭaligāmiyāpi kho upāsakā pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā puratthimaṃ bhittiṃ nissāya pacchimābhimukhā nisīdiṃsu bhagavantaṃyeva purakkhatvā. Atha kho bhagavā pāṭaligāmiye upāsake āmantesi –
885「在家居士们,破戒、戒德有失的人有这五种过患。哪五种呢?在家居士们,这里,一个破戒、戒德有失的人,会因为放逸而导致巨大的财产损失。这是破戒、戒德有失者的第一种过患。
‘‘Pañcime, gahapatayo, ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Katame pañca? Idha, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno pamādādhikaraṇaṃ mahatiṃ bhogajāniṃ nigacchati. Ayaṃ paṭhamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
886再者,居士们,破戒、戒行残缺的人,会背上恶名远扬。这是破戒、戒行残缺者的第二个过患。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlassa sīlavipannassa pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchati. Ayaṃ dutiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
887再者,居士们,破戒、戒行残缺的人,无论去哪个群体——无论是刹帝利群体、婆罗门群体、居士群体还是沙门群体——他都畏畏缩缩,窘迫难堪地走上前。这是破戒、戒行残缺者的第三个过患。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno yaññadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati – yadi khattiyaparisaṃ, yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ, yadi gahapatiparisaṃ, yadi samaṇaparisaṃ – avisārado upasaṅkamati maṅkubhūto. Ayaṃ tatiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
888再者,居士们,破戒、戒行残缺的人,临终时心乱如麻地死去。这是破戒、戒行残缺者的第四个过患。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno sammūḷho kālaṃ karoti. Ayaṃ catuttho ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
889再者,居士们,破戒、戒行残缺的人,在身体崩解、死后,会投生到悲惨处、恶趣、堕落处、地狱。这是破戒、戒行残缺者的第五个过患。居士们,这些就是破戒、戒行残缺者的五种过患。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. Ayaṃ pañcamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Ime kho, gahapatayo, pañca ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
890居士们,持戒、戒行圆满的人有这五种利益。哪五种呢?居士们,这里,持戒、戒行圆满的人,因为不放逸而积聚下巨大的财富。这是持戒、戒行圆满者的第一个利益。
‘‘Pañcime, gahapatayo, ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Katame pañca? Idha, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno appamādādhikaraṇaṃ mahantaṃ bhogakkhandhaṃ adhigacchati. Ayaṃ paṭhamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.
891再者,居士们,持戒、戒行圆满的人,会赢得美名远扬。这是持戒、戒行圆满者的第二个利益。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavato sīlasampannassa kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati. Ayaṃ dutiyo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.
892还有,在家众们,有戒、具足戒的人,无论去到哪种集会——无论是刹帝利的集会、婆罗门的集会、在家众的集会,还是沙门的集会——他都充满自信地去,不会怯场。这是持戒者、具足戒者的第三个利益。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno yaññadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati – yadi khattiyaparisaṃ , yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ, yadi gahapatiparisaṃ, yadi samaṇaparisaṃ – visārado upasaṅkamati amaṅkubhūto. Ayaṃ tatiyo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.
893还有,在家众们,有戒、具足戒的人,临终时心念清醒,不昏乱。这是持戒者、具足戒者的第四个利益。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno asammūḷho kālaṅkaroti. Ayaṃ catuttho ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.
894还有,在家众们,有戒、具足戒的人,身体崩解、死后会投生到善趣、天界。这是持戒者、具足戒者的第五个利益。在家众们,这些就是持戒者、具足戒者的五个利益。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Ayaṃ pañcamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Ime kho, gahapatayo, pañca ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāyā’’ti.
895那时,世尊用大半夜的时间以法谈开示、劝导、激励、令巴吒厘村的在家众们欢悦之后,便让他们离开,说:“在家众们,深夜已过,现在你们觉得什么时候合适,就什么时候走吧。”于是,巴吒厘村的在家众们对世尊的话感到欢喜、随喜之后,从座位起身,向世尊行礼,右绕之后离开了。那时,在巴吒厘村的在家众们离开后不久,世尊便进入了空屋。
Atha kho bhagavā pāṭaligāmiye upāsake bahudeva rattiṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samutejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uyyojesi – ‘‘abhikkantā kho, gahapatayo, ratti; yassadāni tumhe kālaṃ maññathā’’ti. Atha kho pāṭaligāmiyā upāsakā bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu. Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkantesu pāṭaligāmiyesu upāsakesu suññāgāraṃ pāvisi.
896那时,有两位名叫苏尼达和瓦沙卡罗的摩揭陀国大臣,紧紧跟在世尊身后,心里盘算着:‘今天沙门乔达摩从哪个门出去,那个门就叫做乔达摩门;从哪个渡口渡过恒河,那个渡口就叫做乔达摩渡口。’
Tena kho pana samayena sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhā honti – ‘‘yenajja samaṇo gotamo dvārena nikkhamissati taṃ ‘gotamadvāraṃ’ nāma bhavissati. Yena titthena gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ tarissati taṃ ‘gotamatitthaṃ’ nāma bhavissatī’’ti.
897世尊以那清净、超越常人的天眼,看到了这些天人——成千上万地在巴吒厘村占取地块。在有大威神力的天人占取地块的区域,那些有大威神力的国王和大臣们的心,就倾向于在那里建造住宅。在有中等威神力的天人占取地块的区域,那些有中等威神力的国王和大臣们的心,就倾向于在那里建造住宅。在有低微威神力的天人占取地块的区域,那些有低微威神力的国王和大臣们的心,就倾向于在那里建造住宅。那时,世尊在那天夜里黎明时分起来之后,便对具寿阿难说:
Addasā kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena tā devatāyo sahassasahasseva pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhantiyo. Yasmiṃ padese mahesakkhā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, mahesakkhānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese majjhimā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, majjhimānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese nīcā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, nīcānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā tassā rattiyā paccūsasamaye paccuṭṭhāya āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi –
898“阿难,是谁在巴塔厘村建造城市呢?”“大德,是马嘎塔的大臣苏尼陀与瓦沙迦罗,他们在巴塔厘村建造城市,为了防御跋耆人。”“阿难,这就像与三十三天的天人们商量过一样。同样地,阿难,马嘎塔的大臣苏尼陀与瓦沙迦罗在巴塔厘村建造城市,是为了防御跋耆人。阿难,就在这裡,我以清淨的、超越凡人的天眼,看见好几百、好几千位天眾,在巴塔厘村挑选宅基地。在那个区域,如果有大威德的天眾挑选宅基地,那裡那些大威德的国王和大臣们的心,就会倾向于建造宅邸。在那个区域,如果有中等威德的天眾挑选宅基地,那裡那些中等威德的国王和大臣们的心,就会倾向于建造宅邸。在那个区域,如果有下等威德的天眾挑选宅基地,那裡那些下等威德的国王和大臣们的心,就会倾向于建造宅邸。阿难,但凡在圣者的领域范围之内,但凡在商贸往来的范围之内,这座巴塔厘子城,都将是首屈一指的大都市,成为一个货物集散的中心。不过,阿难,巴塔厘子城将会面临三种危难——要么是火灾,要么是水灾,要么是内部失和。”
‘‘Ke nu kho ānanda pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpentī’’ti . ‘‘Sunidhavassakārā, bhante, magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāyā’’ti. ‘‘Seyyathāpi, ānanda, devehi tāvatiṃsehi saddhiṃ mantetvā; evameva kho, ānanda, sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāya. Idhāhaṃ, ānanda, addasaṃ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena sambahulā devatāyo sahassasahasseva pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhantiyo. Yasmiṃ padese mahesakkhā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti mahesakkhānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese majjhimā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti majjhimānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese nīcā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti nīcānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yāvatā, ānanda, ariyaṃ āyatanaṃ yāvatā vaṇippatho idaṃ agganagaraṃ bhavissati pāṭaliputtaṃ puṭabhedanaṃ. Pāṭaliputtassa kho, ānanda, tayo antarāyā bhavissanti – aggito vā udakato vā mithubhedato vā’’ti.
899那时,马嘎塔的大臣苏尼陀与瓦沙迦罗前往世尊所在之处。到了之后,与世尊互相问候致意。谈过了亲切友好的寒暄之语后,便站在一旁。站在一旁的马嘎塔大臣苏尼陀与瓦沙迦罗,这样对世尊说:“愿乔达摩大师接受我们今天的饭食供养,连同比丘僧团一起。”世尊以沉默的方式接受了。
Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇiyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘adhivāsetu no bhavaṃ gotamo ajjatanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena.
900那时,马嘎塔的大臣苏尼陀与瓦沙迦罗,知道了世尊接受了邀请,便回到自己的住处。回去之后,在自己的住处让人准备了精美的硬食与软食,然后告知世尊时间:“乔达摩大师,时间到了,饭食已经准备好了。”
Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā yena sako āvasatho tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā sake āvasathe paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocesuṃ – ‘‘kālo, bho gotama, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti.
901那时,世尊在午前时分,穿好下衣,拿着钵与大衣,进入舍卫城乞食。世尊看见舍卫城那些人们,大多沉溺于欲乐,迷恋、贪求、执著、痴迷、沉湎、盲目、疯狂地活在欲乐中。
Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Addasā kho bhagavā sāvatthiyā te manusse yebhuyyena kāmesu satte ratte giddhe gadhite mucchite ajjhopanne andhīkate sammattakajāte kāmesu viharante.
902那时,马嘎塔的大臣苏尼陀与瓦沙迦罗,等到世尊吃完饭,放下了碗钵,便取了一个较低的座席,坐在一边。对坐在一边的马嘎塔大臣苏尼陀与瓦沙迦罗,世尊用这些偈颂表达了随喜——
Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ aññataraṃ nīcaṃ āsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinne kho sunidhavassakāre magadhamahāmatte bhagavā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi –
903“在哪个地方,有智慧之人选择住处,”
‘‘Yasmiṃ padese kappeti, vāsaṃ paṇḍitajātiyo;
904在这里供养了那些具足戒行、自我调伏的梵行者后,
Sīlavantettha bhojetvā, saññate brahmacārayo .
905应当把这份供养回向给曾在那里的天神们;
‘‘Yā tattha devatā āsuṃ, tāsaṃ dakkhiṇamādise;
906那些受到尊敬的天神就会尊敬他,受到敬重的天神就会敬重他。
Tā pūjitā pūjayanti, mānitā mānayanti naṃ.
907然后他们会怜悯他,就像母亲怜悯自己的亲生儿子一样;
‘‘Tato naṃ anukampanti, mātā puttaṃva orasaṃ;
908得到天神怜悯的人,总能看见吉祥如意的事。
Devatānukampito poso, sadā bhadrāni passatī’’ti.
909那时,世尊用这些偈颂对苏尼陀和瓦沙卡拉这两位摩揭陀大臣表示随喜,然后从座位起身离开了。
Atha kho bhagavā sunidhavassakārānaṃ magadhamahāmattānaṃ imāhi gāthāhi anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
910而就在那个时候,摩揭陀国的大臣须尼陀与作雨者,正在巴吒厘村建造城市,用来防御瓦基族人。就在那个时候,有好多好多的天人,一群又一群数以千计地,在巴吒厘村占取建屋的地块。在有大威神力的天人占取地块的区域,那些有大威神力的国王和大臣们的心就会倾向于在那里建造住宅。在有中等威神力的天人占取地块的区域,那些有中等威神力的国王和大臣们的心就会倾向于在那里建造住宅。在有低微威神力的天人占取地块的区域,那些有低微威神力的国王和大臣们的心就会倾向于在那里建造住宅。
Tena kho pana samayena sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāya. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā devatāyo sahassasahasseva pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhanti. Yasmiṃ padese mahesakkhā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti mahesakkhānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese majjhimā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti majjhimānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese nīcā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti nīcānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ.
911于是,世尊从哪个门出去,那里就成了乔达摩门。随后世尊来到了恒河边。那时恒河涨满了水,齐岸平满,连乌鸦也能轻易喝到。有的人在找船,有的人在找筏,有的人在扎木筏,都想到河对岸去。这时,世尊就像一个大力的壮士,把弯曲的手臂伸直,或把伸直的手臂弯曲那样,在恒河此岸消失,瞬间和比丘僧团一起出现在了彼岸。
Atha kho bhagavā yena dvārena nikkhami taṃ ‘gotamadvāraṃ’ nāma ahosi. Atha kho bhagavā yena gaṅgā nadī tenupasaṅkami. Tena kho pana samayena gaṅgā nadī pūrā hoti samatittikā kākapeyyā. Appekacce manussā nāvaṃ pariyesanti, appekacce uḷumpaṃ pariyesanti, appekacce kullaṃ bandhanti apārā pāraṃ gantukāmā. Atha kho bhagavā – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva – gaṅgāya nadiyā orimatīre antarahito pārimatīre paccuṭṭhāsi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena .
912世尊看到那些人,有的在找船,有的在找筏,有的在扎木筏想渡到对岸。
Addasā kho bhagavā te manusse appekacce nāvaṃ pariyesante, appekacce uḷumpaṃ pariyesante, appekacce kullaṃ bandhante apārā pāraṃ gantukāme.
913那时,世尊明白了这个道理,就在那个时刻,有感而发,说出了这段感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
914“他们渡过了广大的海洋与湖区,
‘‘Ye taranti aṇṇavaṃ saraṃ,
915筑起了桥梁,并舍弃了那些零散的池沼。”
Setuṃ katvāna visajja pallalāni;
916一般人忙着做筏子,
Kullañhi jano pabandhati ,
917但有智慧的人已经渡过河了。第六经。
Tiṇṇā medhāvino janā’’ti. chaṭṭhaṃ;
9187. 二道经
7. Dvidhāpathasuttaṃ
77如是我闻:有一次,世尊在拘萨罗国的一条路上赶路,尊者那嘎萨玛拉跟在后面做随行沙门。尊者那嘎萨玛拉看到路中间分出两条岔路,看了之后对世尊说:'尊师,世尊,是这条路;我们走这条路吧。'听了这话,世尊对尊者那嘎萨玛拉说:'那嘎萨玛拉,是这条路;我们走这条路。'
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kosalesu addhānamaggapaṭipanno hoti āyasmatā nāgasamālena pacchāsamaṇena. Addasā kho āyasmā nāgasamālo antarāmagge dvidhāpathaṃ . Disvāna bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ayaṃ, bhante, bhagavā pantho; iminā gacchāmā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte, bhagavā āyasmantaṃ nāgasamālaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ayaṃ, nāgasamāla, pantho; iminā gacchāmā’’ti.
920第二次……第三次,尊者那嘎萨玛拉又对世尊说:'尊师,世尊,是这条路;我们走这条路吧。'第三次时,世尊还是对尊者那嘎萨玛拉说:'那嘎萨玛拉,是这条路;我们走这条路。'于是,尊者那嘎萨玛拉当场把世尊的衣钵往地上一放,扔下就走了,说:'尊师,这是世尊的衣钵,放这儿了。'
Dutiyampi…pe… tatiyampi kho āyasmā nāgasamālo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ayaṃ, bhante, bhagavā pantho; iminā gacchāmā’’ti . Tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ nāgasamālaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ayaṃ, nāgasamāla, pantho; iminā gacchāmā’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā nāgasamālo bhagavato pattacīvaraṃ tattheva chamāyaṃ nikkhipitvā pakkāmi – ‘‘idaṃ, bhante, bhagavato pattacīvara’’nti.
921后来,尊者那嘎萨玛拉沿着他选的那条路走。走到半路上,强盗们冲出来,对着他拳打脚踢,砸烂了他的钵,撕破了他的大衣。于是,尊者那嘎萨玛拉捧着破钵,披着烂大衣,来到世尊那里,敬礼之后坐在一边,对世尊说:'尊师,我沿着那条路走,走到半路上,强盗冲出来,对着我拳打脚踢,砸烂了钵,撕破了大衣。'
Atha kho āyasmato nāgasamālassa tena panthena gacchantassa antarāmagge corā nikkhamitvā hatthehi ca pādehi ca ākoṭesuṃ pattañca bhindiṃsu saṅghāṭiñca vipphālesuṃ. Atha kho āyasmā nāgasamālo bhinnena pattena vipphālitāya saṅghāṭiyā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā nāgasamālo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idha mayhaṃ, bhante, tena panthena gacchantassa antarāmagge corā nikkhamitvā hatthehi ca pādehi ca ākoṭesuṃ, pattañca bhindiṃsu, saṅghāṭiñca vipphālesu’’nti.
922那时,世尊知道了这事,就在那个时刻,发出了这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
923与友同行,同住一处,
‘‘Saddhiṃ caramekato vasaṃ,
924混迹在众人里的智者;
Misso aññajanena vedagū;
925有见识的人舍弃恶行,
Vidvā pajahāti pāpakaṃ,
926如同白鹭啜饮纯奶,弃舍浊流。第七。
Koñco khīrapakova ninnaga’’nti. sattamaṃ;
9278. 韦沙卡经
8. Visākhāsuttaṃ
78如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城的祇陀林给孤独园。那时,舍利弗尊者正在以各种方式,用佛法开示、劝导、鼓励、令矮个子跋提尊者心生欢喜。
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṃ lakuṇḍakabhaddiyaṃ anekapariyāyena dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti.
929“喂,毗舍佉,你怎么大白天衣服湿透、头发湿透地来到这里呢?”“世尊啊,我可爱称意的孙子去世了。所以我衣服湿透、头发湿透地在大白天来到这里。”“毗舍佉,你希望拥有像舍卫城人口那么多的儿子和孙子吗?”“世尊,我愿意拥有像舍卫城人口那么多的儿子和孙子。”
‘‘Handa kuto nu tvaṃ, visākhe, āgacchasi allavatthā allakesā idhūpasaṅkantā divā divassā’’ti? ‘‘Nattā me, bhante, piyā manāpā kālaṅkatā. Tenāhaṃ allavatthā allakesā idhūpasaṅkantā divā divassā’’ti. ‘‘Iccheyyāsi tvaṃ, visākhe, yāvatikā sāvatthiyā manussā tāvatike putte ca nattāro cā’’ti? ‘‘Iccheyyāhaṃ, bhagavā yāvatikā sāvatthiyā manussā tāvatike putte ca nattāro cā’’ti.
930“毗舍佉,舍卫城里每天死去的人有多少?” “尊者,舍卫城每天死去的有十个,尊者,舍卫城每天死去的也有九个,尊者……也有八个,尊者……也有七个,尊者……也有六个,尊者……也有五个,尊者……也有四个,尊者……也有三个,尊者……也有两个。尊者,舍卫城每天死去的哪怕只有一个。尊者,舍卫城从来就没有不死人的时候。”
‘‘Kīvabahukā pana, visākhe, sāvatthiyā manussā devasikaṃ kālaṃ karontī’’ti? ‘‘Dasapi, bhante, sāvatthiyā manussā devasikaṃ kālaṃ karonti; navapi, bhante… aṭṭhapi, bhante… sattapi, bhante… chapi, bhante… pañcapi, bhante… cattāropi, bhante… tīṇipi, bhante… dvepi, bhante, sāvatthiyā manussā devasikaṃ kālaṃ karonti. Ekopi, bhante, sāvatthiyā manusso devasikaṃ kālaṃ karoti. Avivittā, bhante, sāvatthi manussehi kālaṃ karontehī’’ti.
931“毗舍佉,你想一下,你有没有哪一天,头发和衣服不是湿漉漉的呢?” “不会的,尊者。尊者,我有这么多子孙,已经够了。”
‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, visākhe, api nu tvaṃ kadāci karahaci anallavatthā vā bhaveyyāsi anallakesā vā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante . Alaṃ me, bhante, tāva bahukehi puttehi ca nattārehi cā’’ti.
932“毗舍佉,那些有一百个所爱的,就有一百种苦;有九十个所爱的,就有九十种苦;有八十个所爱的,就有八十种苦;有七十个所爱的,就有七十种苦;有六十个所爱的,就有六十种苦;有五十个所爱的,就有五十种苦;有四十个所爱的,就有四十种苦;有三十个所爱的,就有三十种苦;有二十个所爱的,就有二十种苦;有十个所爱的,就有十种苦;有九个所爱的,就有九种苦;有八个所爱的,就有八种苦;有七个所爱的,就有七种苦;有六个所爱的,就有六种苦;有五个所爱的,就有五种苦;有四个所爱的,就有四种苦;有三个所爱的,就有三种苦;有两个所爱的,就有两种苦;有一个所爱的,就有一种苦。那些没有所爱的,就没有苦,我说,他们无忧、无垢、无焦恼。”
‘‘Yesaṃ kho, visākhe, sataṃ piyāni, sataṃ tesaṃ dukkhāni; yesaṃ navuti piyāni, navuti tesaṃ dukkhāni; yesaṃ asīti piyāni, asīti tesaṃ dukkhāni; yesaṃ sattati piyāni, sattati tesaṃ dukkhāni; yesaṃ saṭṭhi piyāni, saṭṭhi tesaṃ dukkhāni; yesaṃ paññāsaṃ piyāni, paññāsaṃ tesaṃ dukkhāni; yesaṃ cattārīsaṃ piyāni, cattārīsaṃ tesaṃ dukkhāni, yesaṃ tiṃsaṃ piyāni, tiṃsaṃ tesaṃ dukkhāni; yesaṃ vīsati piyāni, vīsati tesaṃ dukkhāni, yesaṃ dasa piyāni, dasa tesaṃ dukkhāni; yesaṃ nava piyāni, nava tesaṃ dukkhāni; yesaṃ aṭṭha piyāni, aṭṭha tesaṃ dukkhāni; yesaṃ satta piyāni, satta tesaṃ dukkhāni; yesaṃ cha piyāni, cha tesaṃ dukkhāni; yesaṃ pañca piyāni, pañca tesaṃ dukkhāni; yesaṃ cattāri piyāni, cattāri tesaṃ dukkhāni; yesaṃ tīṇi piyāni, tīṇi tesaṃ dukkhāni; yesaṃ dve piyāni, dve tesaṃ dukkhāni; yesaṃ ekaṃ piyaṃ, ekaṃ tesaṃ dukkhaṃ; yesaṃ natthi piyaṃ, natthi tesaṃ dukkhaṃ, asokā te virajā anupāyāsāti vadāmī’’ti.
933那时,世尊了知了这件事,就在那个时刻,发出了这样的感兴语:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
934“世间所有的悲伤、哭泣,
‘‘Ye keci sokā paridevitā vā,
935以及种种不同形态的痛苦,
Dukkhā ca lokasmimanekarūpā;
936这些烦恼由喜爱而生,
Piyaṃ paṭiccappabhavanti ete,
937没有了喜爱,它们就不会出现。
Piye asante na bhavanti ete.
938所以啊,那些快乐无忧的人,
‘‘Tasmā hi te sukhino vītasokā,
939在他们的世间任何地方都没有喜爱;
Yesaṃ piyaṃ natthi kuhiñci loke;
940因此,想要追求无忧无尘的人,
Tasmā asokaṃ virajaṃ patthayāno,
941就不该在世间任何地方制造喜爱。第八。
Piyaṃ na kayirātha kuhiñci loke’’ti. aṭṭhamaṃ;
9429. 第一答巴经
9. Paṭhamadabbasuttaṃ
79如是我闻:那时,世尊住在王舍城的竹林松鼠喂养处。尊者达巴·马喇子来到世尊那里,顶礼世尊后坐在一旁。坐在一旁的尊者达巴·马喇子对世尊说了这样的话:'善逝,现在我该入般涅槃的时候到了。'世尊说:'达巴,现在你认为是时候的话,就去吧。'
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Atha kho āyasmā dabbo mallaputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā dabbo mallaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘parinibbānakālo me dāni, sugatā’’ti. ‘‘Yassadāni tvaṃ, dabba, kālaṃ maññasī’’ti.
944于是,尊者达巴·马喇子从座位起身,顶礼世尊,向右绕行之后腾空而起,在虚空中盘腿坐下,进入火界定,从定中出来之后,般涅槃了。
Atha kho āyasmā dabbo mallaputto uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe pallaṅkena nisīditvā tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhahitvā parinibbāyi.
945尊者达巴·马喇子腾空而起,在虚空中盘腿坐下,进入火界定,从定中出来之后般涅槃——当他的身体燃烧时,既不见灰烬,也不见残渣。就像酥油或油在燃烧时,既不见灰烬,也不见残渣;同样地,尊者达巴·马喇子腾空而起,在虚空中盘腿坐下,进入火界定,从定中出来之后般涅槃,他的身体燃烧时,既不见灰烬,也不见残渣。
Atha kho āyasmato dabbassa mallaputtassa vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe pallaṅkena nisīditvā tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhahitvā parinibbutassa sarīrassa jhāyamānassa ḍayhamānassa neva chārikā paññāyittha na masi. Seyyathāpi nāma sappissa vā telassa vā jhāyamānassa ḍayhamānassa neva chārikā paññāyati na masi; evameva āyasmato dabbassa mallaputtassa vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe pallaṅkena nisīditvā tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhahitvā parinibbutassa sarīrassa jhāyamānassa ḍayhamānassa neva chārikā paññāyittha na masīti.
946那时,世尊了知此义后,在那时刻说出此优陀那:
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
947身体坏散了,想蕴息灭了,
‘‘Abhedi kāyo nirodhi saññā,
948所有的感受都冷却下来了。
Vedanā sītibhaviṃsu sabbā;
949诸行彻底止息,识已灭尽。第九品。
Vūpasamiṃsu saṅkhārā,
950如是我闻:有一次,世尊住在舍卫城的祇树给孤独园。在那里,世尊对比丘们说:“比丘们。”那些比丘回应说:“尊者。”世尊这样说:
Viññāṇaṃ atthamāgamā’’ti. navamaṃ;
95110. 第二达巴经
10. Dutiyadabbasuttaṃ
80如是我闻:一时,世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。在那里,世尊称呼诸比丘:「诸比丘!」「尊者!」那些比丘回答世尊。世尊说此:——
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti. ‘‘Bhadante’’ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
953「诸比丘!玛拉之子达巴升上虚空,在空中以结跏趺坐,入火界定后出定而般涅槃,其身体燃烧时,既不见灰烬,也不见烟尘。譬如熟酥或油燃烧时,既不见灰烬,也不见烟尘;同样地,诸比丘!玛拉之子达巴升上虚空,在空中以结跏趺坐,入火界定后出定而般涅槃,其身体燃烧时,既不见灰烬,也不见烟尘。」
‘‘Dabbassa, bhikkhave, mallaputtassa vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe pallaṅkena nisīditvā tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhahitvā parinibbutassa sarīrassa jhāyamānassa ḍayhamānassa neva chārikā paññāyittha na masi. Seyyathāpi nāma sappissa vā telassa vā jhāyamānassa ḍayhamānassa neva chārikā paññāyati na masi; evameva kho, bhikkhave, dabbassa mallaputtassa vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe pallaṅkena nisīditvā tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhahitvā parinibbutassa sarīrassa jhāyamānassa ḍayhamānassa neva chārikā paññāyittha na masī’’ti.
954那时,世尊了知此义,于那时刻说出此优陀那:——
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
955「犹如铁块被锤打,从燃烧的火焰中;
‘‘Ayoghanahatasseva, jalato jātavedaso ;
956对于渐次寂灭的人,就像不知他去了哪里。
Anupubbūpasantassa, yathā na ñāyate gati.
957同样,那些正确解脱的人、渡过了欲望束缚的洪流,
Evaṃ sammāvimuttānaṃ, kāmabandhoghatārinaṃ;
958无法指出他们的去处,他们已经证得了不动摇的快乐。(第十经)
Paññāpetuṃ gati natthi, pattānaṃ acalaṃ sukha’’nti. dasamaṃ;
959其摄颂:
Tassuddānaṃ –
960巴吒厘村品第八完
Pāṭaligāmiyavaggo aṭṭhamo.
961其摄颂——
Tassuddānaṃ –
962涅槃经有四篇,准达经、波吒厘子经;
Nibbānā caturo vuttā, cundo pāṭaligāmiyā;
963歧路经、维沙卡经,加上达巴经,一共十经。
Dvidhāpatho visākhā ca, dabbena saha te dasāti.
964《自说》品目总颂:
Udāne vaggānamuddānaṃ –
965第一是殊胜的菩提品,第二是目支邻陀品;
Vaggamidaṃ paṭhamaṃ varabodhi, vaggamidaṃ dutiyaṃ mucalindo;
966第三是难陀品殊胜,第四是梅纪亚品。
Nandakavaggavaro tatiyo tu, meghiyavaggavaro ca catuttho.
967第五于此名为索纳品,第六名为生盲品;
Pañcamavaggavarantidha soṇo, chaṭṭhamavaggavaranti jaccandho ;
968第七则名为小品,巴嗒厘村是第八品。
Sattamavaggavaranti ca cūḷo, pāṭaligāmiyamaṭṭhamavaggo .
969无缺的八十篇殊胜经,这八品善为分别。
Asītimanūnakasuttavaraṃ, vaggamidaṭṭhakaṃ suvibhattaṃ;
970那清净无染的具眼者已开示了此感兴语,确实,人们这样称说。
Dassitaṃ cakkhumatā vimalena, addhā hi taṃ udānamitīdamāhu .
971自说部完
Udānapāḷi niṭṭhitā.